Cesab S210 S220 Lift Truck Repair Manual PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 324

Repair manual 7588857-040

S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D.

https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
Translation of the original instructions.

Document revisions:

Issue date Order Changes


number
2015-09-01 7588857-040 Completely new issue.
Chapter 4: Operations and connection sequence - Updated
Chapter 7: Maintenance - New value for clearance
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting - New error codes added
2016-12-01 7588857-040
Chapter 12: Brake system/wheels - New dust cover and brake
clearance
Chapter 15: Hydraulics - Replacing the hose rupture valve added
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting - Error codes 3:547 and 3:583 updated
Chapter 12: Brake system/Wheels - Updated
2017-09-30 7588857-040 Chapter 13: Steering system - Updated
Chapter 23: Lubricants specification - added lubricants for the food
processing industry
Chapter 5: Parameter - Parameter 109 updated
Chapter 6: Installation - PIN codes updated
2018-05-01 7588857-040 Chapter 8: Troubleshooting - Error code 8:033 added
Chapter 12: Brake system/wheels - New dust cover
Chapter 16: Mast - Added replacing the idler roller and the chain bolt

This manual contains information on the following trucks:

T-Code Model: Serial number


841 S210 6384351-
841 S212 6384351-
842 S212L 6384351-
841 S214 6384351-
842 S214L 6384351-
842 S220D 6384351-
843 S212S 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/ T Codes(s): 841, 842, 843


Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

1. Contents
2. General introduction...................................................................................... 2–1
2.1 How to use this manual ............................................................................... 2–1
2.2 Warning levels and symbols ........................................................................ 2–2
2.3 Pictograms................................................................................................... 2–3
3. General safety rules....................................................................................... 3–1
3.1 Work safety.................................................................................................. 3–1
3.2 Electrical system.......................................................................................... 3–3
3.3 Safe lifting.................................................................................................... 3–4
3.4 Truck modifications...................................................................................... 3–5
4. Operation and connection sequences ......................................................... 4–1
Symbols on keypad and display 4–2
4.1 Battery is connected .................................................................................... 4–3
4.2 Login via keypad.......................................................................................... 4–3
4.3 Tiller arm lowered for driving ....................................................................... 4–4
4.4 Driving in fork direction ................................................................................ 4–4
4.5 Driving in the drive wheel direction .............................................................. 4–5
4.6 Neutral position braking............................................................................... 4–5
4.7 Reverse braking .......................................................................................... 4–6
4.8 Mechanical braking...................................................................................... 4–6
4.9 Emergency reversal..................................................................................... 4–7
4.10 Fork lifting .................................................................................................. 4–7
4.11 Fork lifting (S210) ...................................................................................... 4–8
4.12 Support arm lift (S212L, 214L, S220D) ..................................................... 4–8
4.13 Fork lowering ............................................................................................. 4–9
4.14 Support arm lowering (S212L, 214L, S220D)............................................ 4–9
4.15 Click-2-Creep........................................................................................... 4–10
4.16 Turtle function (option)............................................................................. 4–10
5. Parameters...................................................................................................... 5–1
5.1 General........................................................................................................ 5–1
5.1.1 Show/change parameters .............................................................. 5–2
5.1.2 Operator parameters ...................................................................... 5–3
5.1.3 Overview ........................................................................................ 5–3
5.1.4 Connection to logged-in operator ................................................... 5–4
Description of operator parameters 5–4
Parameters 3 and 4 – Acceleration/Deceleration 5–4
Parameters 6 and 7 – Maximum travel speed 5–5
5.2 General service parameters ........................................................................ 5–6
5.2.1 Overview ........................................................................................ 5–6
5.2.2 Description ..................................................................................... 5–7
Parameter 101/104 – Service/Log-out 5–7
Parameter 102 - Operator access 5–7
Parameter 103 - Start-up display 5–8
Parameter 105/106 - Collision sensor sensitivity for X/Y (Optional) 5–9
Parameter 107 – Battery size 5–10
Table applicable to P214, 216, 218, 220 5–11
Table concerning P225 5–12
Table concerning S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D 5–13
Verifying parameter settings for freely ventilated batteries
(lead-acid batteries) 5–14
Verifying the parameter setting for valve-regulated batteries
(Exide) 5–14

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameters 109/110 - Built-in charger (option) 5–15


Parameter 111 - Reset procedure after collision (option) 5–16
Parameter 112 - Clear application data 5–16
5.3 Service parameters, travel functions ......................................................... 5–17
5.3.1 Overview ...................................................................................... 5–17
5.3.2 Description ................................................................................... 5–18
Parameter 201 – Deceleration when reversing 5–18
Parameter 202 – Maximum speed Turtle mode activated 5–18
Parameter 203 - Maximum speed, forks above 1.8 m 5–19
Parameter 204 - Maximum acceleration, forks above 1.8 m 5–19
Parameter 205 - Maximum reversing, forks above 1.8 m 5–19
Parameter 206 - Automatic speed reduction, forks above 1.8 m 5–20
5.4 Service parameters, hydraulic functions.................................................... 5–21
5.4.1 Description ................................................................................... 5–22
Parameter 301 – Ramping value for lowering stop 5–22
Parameter 302 - Fork, lowering speed 5–22
Parameter 303 - EVP start mode 5–22
Parameter 304 - EVP support arm lowering speed 5–23
Parameter 305 - EVP slow lowering speed 5–23
Parameter 306 - Activation of “Click-2-Creep” lifting/lowering 5–23
Parameter 307 - Automatic support arm lowering (On/Off) 5–24
Parameter 499 - (Not applicable) 5–24
5.5 Factory parameters ................................................................................... 5–25
5.5.1 Overview ...................................................................................... 5–25
5.5.2 Description ................................................................................... 5–26
Parameter 1001 - Type of truck 5–26
Parameter 1002 - Non-configurable options 5–27
Parameters 1003-1042 – Optional functions 5–28
Parameter 1044 - Master maximum speed 5–41
Parameter 1045 - Type of battery in the truck 5–41
Parameter 1046 - Adapting to special trucks 5–42
Parameter 1101 - Built-in battery charger 5–42
Parameter 1102 - Controls for hydraulic function 5–43
Parameter 1110 – Reset voltage for BDI 5–44
Parameter 1118 - Hardware version 5–45
6. Installation and commissioning ................................................................... 6–1
6.1 Transporting the truck.................................................................................. 6–1
6.2 Transporting the mast.................................................................................. 6–1
6.3 Safe lifting.................................................................................................... 6–2
6.4 Installing the battery .................................................................................... 6–3
6.5 Using PIN codes.......................................................................................... 6–4
6.5.1 General........................................................................................... 6–4
6.5.2 PIN code for resetting after a collision............................................ 6–4
6.5.3 Programming PIN codes ................................................................ 6–5
6.5.4 PIN code at delivery ....................................................................... 6–5
6.6 Programming PIN codes ............................................................................. 6–6
6.6.1 PIN code defaults ........................................................................... 6–7
6.7 Setting parameters ...................................................................................... 6–8
6.8 Function and safety checks ......................................................................... 6–9
7. Maintenance ................................................................................................... 7–1
7.1 Introduction.................................................................................................. 7–1
7.2 Maintenance instructions............................................................................. 7–1
7.2.1 Cleaning and washing .................................................................... 7–1

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

7.2.2 High-pressure washers .................................................................. 7–1


7.2.3 Degreasing agents ......................................................................... 7–2
7.2.4 Cleaning the exterior ...................................................................... 7–2
7.2.5 Cleaning the chain.......................................................................... 7–2
7.2.6 Cleaning the motor compartment ................................................... 7–2
7.2.7 Electric components ....................................................................... 7–3
7.3 Maintenance schedule................................................................................. 7–3
8. Troubleshooting............................................................................................. 8–1
8.1 General........................................................................................................ 8–1
Software compatibility 8–1
8.2 Towing a defective truck.............................................................................. 8–1
Tow using a tow truck and tow wagon: 8–2
8.3 Emergency driving mode............................................................................. 8–2
8.4 Troubleshooting methods ............................................................................ 8–3
8.4.1 General initial troubleshooting ........................................................ 8–3
8.4.2 Concluding troubleshooting............................................................ 8–4
8.5 Error code history ........................................................................................ 8–5
8.6 Error code system ....................................................................................... 8–6
8.7 Error codes .................................................................................................. 8–7
8.8 Troubleshooting chart................................................................................ 8–45
8.8.1 The truck cannot be driven........................................................... 8–46
8.8.2 Truck only travels at reduced speed ............................................ 8–47
8.8.3 The truck can be driven but behaves abnormally......................... 8–48
8.8.4 The truck can be driven, but some functions do not work ............ 8–49
Software compatibility 8–49
Hardware compatibility matrix 8–49
8.8.5 Defective hydraulic functions........................................................ 8–50
8.9 Built-in test function ................................................................................... 8–54
8.10 Digital input/output status ........................................................................ 8–56
8.10.1 Test mode "9" – .......................................................................... 8–56
8.10.2 Test function “10” – Logic card................................................... 8–57
8.10.3 Test mode “12” – Expansion unit SEU (option).......................... 8–58
8.11 Built-in test function for the tiller arm ....................................................... 8–59
8.11.1 Display test................................................................................. 8–59
8.11.2 Speed control ............................................................................. 8–59
8.11.3 Safety reversing ......................................................................... 8–59
8.11.4 Controls for lifting/lowering ......................................................... 8–59
8.11.5 Sensilift....................................................................................... 8–60
8.11.6 Keypad ....................................................................................... 8–60
8.12 Checking the built-in battery charger ....................................................... 8–61
9. Chassis 0000 .................................................................................................. 9–1
9.1 Support arm 0350........................................................................................ 9–1
9.1.1 Support arm lift, lateral adjustment................................................. 9–1
9.1.2 Adjusting the kneeling action.......................................................... 9–2
9.2 Motor mounts 0450...................................................................................... 9–3
9.2.1 Replacing springs (not applicable for S212S) ................................ 9–3
9.3 Removing the platform ................................................................................ 9–5
10. Electric drive motor 1700 .......................................................................... 10–1
10.1 Overview.................................................................................................. 10–1
10.2 Removing the motor from the truck ......................................................... 10–2
10.3 Removing the toothed wheel ................................................................... 10–4
10.4 Removing motor bearings ....................................................................... 10–6

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.5 Removing the RPM sensor...................................................................... 10–7


10.6 Installing the temperature sensor ............................................................ 10–8
10.7 Drive motor tightening torques ................................................................ 10–9
10.8 Cleaning ................................................................................................ 10–10
11. Drive gear 2550........................................................................................... 11–1
11.1 General .................................................................................................... 11–1
11.2 Overview.................................................................................................. 11–2
11.3 Removing the gear from the truck (not applicable for S212S)................. 11–3
11.4 Removing the drive gear from the truck (S212S) .................................... 11–5
11.5 Fitting grease nipples, steering bearings (Option) ................................... 11–6
11.6 Lubrication the steering bearings (Option) .............................................. 11–7
11.7 Checking and changing the oil ................................................................ 11–8
11.7.1 Draining oil ................................................................................. 11–8
11.7.2 Checking/refilling oil ................................................................... 11–9
11.8 Replacing the wheel hub seal................................................................ 11–10
Removing the seal 11–10
Fitting the seal 11–11
11.8.1 Replacing studs ........................................................................ 11–12
12. Brake system/Wheels C3000..................................................................... 12–1
12.1 Brake system - C3100 ............................................................................ 12–1
12.1.1 Description ................................................................................. 12–1
Travel brake 12–1
Parking brake 12–1
Emergency brake 12–1
12.2 Parking brake 3180 ................................................................................. 12–2
12.2.1 Overview .................................................................................... 12–2
12.2.2 Emergency release of the parking brake.................................... 12–3
12.3 Removing the parking brake.................................................................... 12–4
12.4 Fitting the parking brake .......................................................................... 12–5
12.5 Checking the air gap................................................................................ 12–6
12.6 Drive wheel 3530 ..................................................................................... 12–7
12.6.1 Replacing the drive wheel .......................................................... 12–7
12.7 Castor wheels 3540 ................................................................................. 12–8
12.7.1 Overview .................................................................................... 12–8
12.7.2 Castor wheel mounting............................................................... 12–9
12.7.3 Replacing the castor wheel ...................................................... 12–10
12.7.4 Disassembling the castor wheel cradle .................................... 12–11
12.8 Spring replacement ............................................................................... 12–11
12.8.1 Removing springs..................................................................... 12–11
12.8.2 Fitting the spring....................................................................... 12–11
12.9 Support arm wheel 3550 ....................................................................... 12–12
12.9.1 Overview .................................................................................. 12–12
12.10 Climber wheels .................................................................................... 12–14
12.10.1 Overview ................................................................................ 12–14
13. Tiller arm 4000 ............................................................................................ 13–1
13.1 Overview.................................................................................................. 13–1
13.2 Removing the tiller arm............................................................................ 13–3
13.3 Replacing an gas strut ............................................................................. 13–3
13.4 Replacing the safety sensor .................................................................... 13–4
13.4.1 Removal ..................................................................................... 13–4
13.4.2 Installation .................................................................................. 13–4

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5 Electric steering system – 4000............................................................... 13–5


13.5.1 Tiller arm handle C4110 ............................................................. 13–5
13.5.2 Overview .................................................................................... 13–5
13.5.3 Replacing the keypad C9420 ..................................................... 13–7
13.5.4 Replacing the upper cover C4110.............................................. 13–8
Removing the upper cover 13–8
13.5.5 Replacing the tiller arm handle................................................. 13–10
Removing the tiller arm handle 13–10
Fitting the tiller arm handle 13–10
13.5.6 Replacing the logic card ........................................................... 13–11
Removing the logic card 13–11
Installing a logic card 13–12
13.5.7 Checking the handle................................................................. 13–13
13.5.8 Update the software ................................................................. 13–13
13.5.9 Replacing the signal button/switch ........................................... 13–14
13.5.10 Replacing the lift/lower button ................................................ 13–15
13.5.11 Replacing the sensilift ............................................................ 13–16
13.5.12 Replacing the stomach button ................................................ 13–17
13.5.13 Changing the position of the controls - support arm
lift/fork lift ............................................................................................. 13–18
14. Electrical components-5000...................................................................... 14–1
14.1 Li-ion battery (Hoppecke) ........................................................................ 14–1
14.1.1 Resetting/restarting the battery .................................................. 14–1
14.2 Inspecting the battery .............................................................................. 14–1
14.3 Replacing the wiring harness .................................................................. 14–2
14.3.1 Replacing the transistor regulator wiring harness ...................... 14–3
14.4 Replacing the transistor regulator............................................................ 14–4
15. Hydraulic system 6000 .............................................................................. 15–1
15.1 General .................................................................................................... 15–1
15.2 Hydraulic hygiene .................................................................................... 15–2
15.2.1 Washing ..................................................................................... 15–2
15.2.2 Packaging................................................................................... 15–2
15.2.3 Handling ..................................................................................... 15–2
15.2.4 Storage....................................................................................... 15–3
15.2.5 Work procedures ........................................................................ 15–3
15.3 Hydraulic unit 6100 .................................................................................. 15–4
15.3.1 Emptying the hydraulic tank ....................................................... 15–5
15.3.2 Hydraulic system, bleeding ........................................................ 15–5
Cylinders with bleeding valve 15–5
Cylinders without bleeding valve 15–5
15.4 Hydraulic connections 6230 .................................................................... 15–6
15.4.1 Quick change connectors ........................................................... 15–6
Connecting the quick change connector 15–6
Disassembly of the quick change connector 15–7
15.5 Hose rupture valve .................................................................................. 15–8
15.5.1 Replacing the hose rupture valve ............................................... 15–8
15.6 Hydraulic calibration ................................................................................ 15–9
15.7 Adjusting the pressure limiting valve ..................................................... 15–10
15.8 Disassembling the hydraulic unit ........................................................... 15–12
15.9 Hydraulic unit tightening torques ........................................................... 15–14

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16. Mast C7000 ................................................................................................. 16–1


16.1 Main mast 7100 ....................................................................................... 16–1
16.1.1 Components ............................................................................... 16–1
16.1.2 Maintenance............................................................................... 16–2
Fixing point 16–2
Lubrication 16–2
16.2 Fork carriage 7420 .................................................................................. 16–3
16.2.1 Maintenance............................................................................... 16–3
16.3 Main lift chain system 7120 ..................................................................... 16–4
16.3.1 General....................................................................................... 16–4
16.3.2 Checking the chain setting ......................................................... 16–5
16.3.3 Checking the chain..................................................................... 16–5
Noise 16–5
Surface rust 16–5
Rusty links 16–5
Stiff links 16–5
Bolt rotation 16–6
Loose bolts 16–6
Outline wear 16–7
Stretching 16–8
Damage 16–8
Damaged plates 16–9
Damaged bolts 16–9
Dirty chain 16–9
16.3.4 Cleaning ..................................................................................... 16–9
16.3.5 Lubrication................................................................................ 16–10
16.3.6 Adjustment ............................................................................... 16–11
16.4 Replacing the fork carriage.................................................................... 16–12
16.5 Replacement of the mast....................................................................... 16–14
16.6 Replacing the idler roller ........................................................................ 16–19
16.7 Adjusting the mast ................................................................................. 16–20
17. Peripherals C8000 ...................................................................................... 17–1
18. Accessories ................................................................................................ 18–1
18.1 Spider expansion unit .............................................................................. 18–1
18.2 TLS - Truck log system............................................................................ 18–2
18.3 ID unit ...................................................................................................... 18–2
18.4 DC/DC converter ..................................................................................... 18–3
18.5 Collision sensor ....................................................................................... 18–3
18.6 Built-in battery charger ............................................................................ 18–4
18.6.1 Technical data ............................................................................ 18–4
18.6.2 Charging the battery ................................................................... 18–5
Main charging 18–5
Equalising charging 18–5
Charging completed 18–5
19. Instructions for disposal ........................................................................... 19–1
19.1 General .................................................................................................... 19–1
19.2 Marking of plastics ................................................................................... 19–1
19.2.1 General marking of products and packaging.............................. 19–1
19.2.2 Marking according to the manufacturer’s standards .................. 19–2
Abbreviations 19–2
Marking examples 19–2

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

19.3 Pressure vessels ..................................................................................... 19–3


19.3.1 Gas struts ................................................................................... 19–3
19.4 Sorting categories.................................................................................... 19–4
20. Electrical components and wiring diagrams........................................... 20–1
20.1 Electric components ................................................................................ 20–1
20.2 Wiring diagram ........................................................................................ 20–5
20.2.1 List of symbols............................................................................ 20–5
20.2.2 General wiring diagram .............................................................. 20–6
20.2.3 Wiring diagram ........................................................................... 20–7
21. Hydraulics chart ......................................................................................... 21–1
22. Tools............................................................................................................ 22–1
22.1 MQS contacts .......................................................................................... 22–1
22.2 AMP connectors ...................................................................................... 22–3
22.2.1 AMP connectors, Multilock series 040 ....................................... 22–4
22.3 Molex connectors .................................................................................... 22–4
22.4 Grease guns ............................................................................................ 22–5
22.5 Other tools ............................................................................................... 22–6
23. Lubricants specification............................................................................ 23–1
23.1 General tightening torques ...................................................................... 23–1
23.2 Lubricants specification ........................................................................... 23–2
24. Technical data ............................................................................................ 24–1
24.1 S210, S212, S214 ................................................................................... 24–1
24.2 S212L, S214L, S220D ............................................................................. 24–4
24.3 S212S ...................................................................................................... 24–7
24.4 Overflow pressure for mast ................................................................... 24–10

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Contents Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
1– 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General introduction Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

2. General introduction
2.1 How to use this manual
The repair manual is divided into chapters containing the following
information:
• General safety rules.
• Operation and connection sequences – This chapter provides a basic
description of the main functions of the truck and their interdependencies.
• Parameters – This chapter provides a basic description of the truck
parameters.
• Installation – This chapter describes the preparatory work that is to be
done before the truck is used for the first time.
• Maintenance – This chapter provides an overview of periodic
maintenance.
• Troubleshooting – This chapter describes the action you should take
when the truck is completely or partially malfunctioning. It also describes
the cause of the problem together with suggested remedies.
• C codes – This chapter describes the various truck systems, e.g. the
hydraulic system and includes descriptions of system parts and the
necessary service procedures. These descriptions are divided according
to Cesab's C code system.
• Instructions for disposal – This chapter specifies the proper sorting
categories for the materials used in the various truck components.
• Wiring diagram – This chapter provides information on electrical
components and wiring diagrams.
• Hydraulic diagram – This chapter provides information on hydraulic
components and hydraulic diagrams.
• Tools – This chapter provides a list of the special tools required.
• Service data and grease specifications – This chapter contains
information on general tightening torques and an oil and grease
specification.
• Technical data.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
2– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General introduction Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

2.2 Warning levels and symbols


The following warning levels and symbols are used in the repair manual:
DANGER
Indicates a dangerous situation that – if not avoided – will cause death or
serious bodily injury.
WARNING
Indicates a dangerous situation that – if not avoided – will cause a slight or
minor bodily injury.
NOTE
Indicates a dangerous situation that – if not avoided – will cause a slight or
minor bodily injury.
Note:
Used in connection with actions that can cause material damage but not
bodily injury.
Note:
Used to attract attention and to give information about various actions.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
2– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General introduction Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

2.3 Pictograms

Symbol Measure Symbol Measure

Visual inspection of
condition, wear and loose Component replacement.
connections.

Cleaning Measurement

Check of fluid level and Check that bolts, nuts, etc.


check for leaks. are tightened to torque.

Listening for noise. Lubrication, application.

Check of functions. Calibration

Adjustment Welding

Disassembly/removal Assembly/installation

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
2– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General introduction Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Symbol Measure Symbol Measure

Open Close

Refilling Emptying

Update

An example of another type of pictogram is “Cut cable ties”:

Additional information under the pictogram can, for example, indicate the
number of cable ties to be cut.

— Slut på avsnittet —

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
2– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General safety rules Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

3. General safety rules


Only personnel trained in servicing and repair of this type of truck are
authorised to carry out service and repair activities.

3.1 Work safety


To make work safer and prevent accidents, always keep the following in
mind:
• Keep the maintenance work site clean. Oil and water on the floor will make
it slippery.
• Use the correct working posture. Service work often involves sitting on
your knees or bending over forwards. Try sitting on a toolbox, for example,
to relieve the strain on your knees and back.
• Loose items and jewellery can get caught in moving parts of the truck. So
never wear loose articles or jewellery while working on the truck.
• Exercise caution and always follow applicable local regulations when
working at high heights.
• Use the correct tools for the work you are carrying out.
• Keep all tools well maintained.
• Make sure that all safety equipment including guards and covers are
properly secured and that they work as intended before starting the repair
work. If a guard or cover must be removed in order to perform the repair
work, extra care must be taken, and when the repair work is finished the
guard or cover must be refitted.
• Relieve the system pressure slowly before starting work on the truck’s
hydraulic system.
• Use paper or a stiff piece of cardboard when checking for possible oil
leaks. Do not use your hands.
• Drive unit oil and the hydraulic system oil may be hot.
DANGER!
Risk of burn injury.
Hot drive unit and hydraulic oil.
Allow the truck to cool down before changing the oil.
• Only fill the hydraulic system with new and clean oil.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
3– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General safety rules Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

DANGER!
The hydraulic system can be damaged.
If the oil is contaminated, the hydraulic components will suffer damage.
Always use new and clean oil in the hydraulic system.
• Store and transport changed oil according to applicable local directions.
• Do not flush solvents, etc. down the drain unless they are intended to be
disposed of in this way.
Follow local disposal regulations.
• Disconnect the battery prior to performing any welding work on the truck.
Note:
The battery could be damaged.
When welding with an electric welding unit, the current may enter the battery.
The battery must be disconnected.
• Prior to welding or grinding on painted surfaces, be sure to remove the
paint at least 100 mm around the welding/grinding area by using
sandblasting equipment or paint remover.
DANGER!
Harmful gasses.
Heated paint gives off harmful gases.
Remove all paint within 100 mm of the welding/grinding site.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
3– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General safety rules Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

3.2 Electrical system


When working on the electrical system of the truck, remember the following:
• Never wear loose items or jewellery when working with the truck.
DANGER!
Short-circuiting/Burn injury.
Short circuits and burn injuries can occur if metal objects come into contact
with live electrical connections when working on the truck's electrical
system.
Remove wristwatches, rings and other metal objects beforehand.
• Always use insulated tools when working on the electrical system.
• Always disconnect the battery before opening any covers to drive units or
the electrical system.
• Always disconnect the battery prior to welding work using an electric
welding unit. The welding current may damage the battery.
• Always disconnect the battery when carrying out maintenance or repair
work on the truck unless otherwise stated in this repair manual.
• Clean electric motors using a rag or a vacuum cleaner.
• Clean electrical panels, electronic cards, contactors, contacts, magnetic
valves, etc. with a dampened cloth and a cleaning agent that will not
damage the part.
Note:
Risk of short-circuiting that may damage electrical components.
Do not break the warranty seal on the logic cards.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
3– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General safety rules Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

3.3 Safe lifting


All lifting must be carried out on a level, non-slip and stable surface. Asphalt
surfaces should be avoided if possible.
To prevent the truck moving while it is being lifted, it must not be lifted with
anyone on the platform or with the tiller arm in the lowered position.
If the drive wheel, which is braked, is being lifted the other wheels must be
chocked to stop the truck from moving.
Select the lifting point so that the lift is as light as possible, for example one
corner at a time. If the truck has marked lifting points on the lower part of the
chassis, these must be used to ensure balanced lifting.
Make sure the surface where the jack is placed is clean and free of oil and
grease.
Make sure your hands and the jack lever are free of grease and oil.
Only use the lever supplied with the jack. If the lever is too short, more
exertion than is necessary will be required. If the lever is too long, there is a
risk that the jack will be overloaded.
DANGER!
Risk of crushing since a poorly supported truck could fall down.
Never work under a truck that is not supported by trestles and secured by a
lifting device.
Support the truck:
• as close to the lifted part of the chassis as possible in order to reduce the
falling height if the truck should collapse
• so the truck cannot move.
Never support the jack on trestles to achieve a higher lift.
Never work under a raised truck without it being properly supported on
trestles.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
3– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General safety rules Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

3.4 Truck modifications


Any modification of the truck must be approved beforehand. No modification
of truck may be performed that may influence the capacity, stability and safety
of the truck without prior written approval from the manufacturer, its
representative or successor.
In the case of the manufacturer no longer being in business and there being
no successor, the user of the truck may arrange for modifications on the
precondition that the user:
• makes sure that an engineer with expert knowledge of industrial trucks
and their safety designs, tests and implements the modification,
• files all documentation of the designs, tests and implementation of the
modification,
• approves and makes the applicable changes to the capacity plate,
adhesive labels, markings and operator’s manual and
• affixes a permanent and well visible sign to the truck stating how the truck
has been modified, together with the date of the modification and the
name and address of the company that carried out the modification work.

— Slut på avsnittet —

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
3– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: General safety rules Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
3– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4. Operation and connection sequences

This section provides a basic description of the main functions of the truck.
The terms below are used in the description of the truck’s main functions.
• Event – Use of one of the truck's main functions is referred to as an event.
• Prior event – Indicates an event which must have taken place immediately
before the current event in order for the latter to be performed correctly.
• Action(s) – An action that the driver must perform in order for an event to
happen.
• Influencing elements – Conditions that must be fulfilled in order for an
event to happen. Certain parameter settings may also affect the outcome
of the event.
• Resulting conditions – Describe the key events that can be checked in
order to confirm a function.
Note that resulting conditions indicate what is assumed to occur when there
is no error state.
Text within square brackets [ ] refer to the electrical component names in the
truck's electrical diagram.
{High} means ˜ 24 V and {low} means ˜ 0 V unless otherwise specified.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Symbols on keypad and display

Symbol Description
ON button
This button is used to start the truck
and confirm entered settings during
PIN code management

OFF button

Error code

Battery charge as a percentage

Parameter

Hour counter

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.1 Battery is connected

Event Connection of battery


Preceding event -

Action(s) Connect the truck battery [G1]

Influencing Main power fuses OK [F1]


elements Operating circuit fuses OK [F50, F51]

Resulting The status LED for the transistor regulator lights


conditions continuously [T1].

4.2 Login via keypad

Event Logging in
Preceding event The battery is connected.
Enter a valid PIN code and press the ON button
Action(s)
on the keypad [S223].
The emergency stop [S21] has not been activated
Influencing elements [T1:INP. SUPPLY+24V DC] {high}.
Tiller arm sensor in drive position [B60].
The power indicator lamp is lit. Main display
shows the hour counter for 4 seconds and after
this the battery charge level as a percentage of
Resulting conditions
full charge.
The mechanical brake remains applied [Q1]
[T1:OUT.BRAKE RELEASE] {high}.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.3 Tiller arm lowered for driving

Event Tiller arm lowered for driving


Preceding event Start the truck.

Action(s) Lower the tiller arm.

Influencing elements Tiller arm sensor in drive position [B60].


Tiller arm sensor in drive position activates [B60]
Resulting conditions
[T1:INP. TILLER ARM IN DRIVE POS] {low}.

4.4 Driving in fork direction

Event Driving in fork direction


Preceding event Tiller arm is lowered to the drive position.

Action(s) Turn the speed control in the fork direction.


Speed control with Hall sensor [A5:S310-318]
Influencing elements Settings of operator parameters 4, 5 and 6
determine truck travel performance.
The main contactor output voltage goes {low}
[T1:OUT. MAIN CONTACTOR]
The main contactor closes [Q10].
[T1:OUT.BRAKE RELEASE] goes {low}.
Brake coil [Q1] is activated, and the mechanical
Resulting conditions
brake is released.
Power is fed to the drive motor's field coils (S2 +ve
and S1 -ve).
Pulsed current feed to drive motor rotor is
proportional to speed control actuation.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.5 Driving in the drive wheel direction

Event Driving in the drive wheel direction


Preceding event Tiller arm is lowered to the drive position.

Action(s) Turn the speed control in the drive wheel direction.


Speed control with Hall sensor [A5:S300-308]
Influencing
Settings of operator parameters 4, 5 and 6
elements
determine truck travel performance.
The main contactor output voltage goes {low}
[T1:OUT. MAIN CONTACTOR]
The main contactor closes [Q10].
[T1:OUT. BRAKE RELEASE] goes {low}.
Resulting Brake coil [Q1] is activated, and the mechanical
conditions brake is released.
The current feed to the drive motor field winding (S2
-ve and S1 +ve).
Pulsed current feed to drive motor rotor is
proportional to speed control actuation.

4.6 Neutral position braking

Event Neutral braking


Preceding event Truck travels in fork or drive wheel direction.
Allow the speed control to return to the neutral
Action(s)
position.
Influencing Setting of operator parameter 5.
elements
The drive motor [M1] works as a generator and via
the transistor regulator [T1] it converts the truck's
kinetic energy into electricity, thus reducing the
Resulting truck’s speed. The excess energy, in the form of
conditions electricity, is fed back to the battery [G1] helping to
recharge it. The mechanical brake [Q1] is applied
when the truck stops. [T1:OUT.BRAKE RELEASE]
goes {high}.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.7 Reverse braking

Event Reverse braking


Preceding event Truck travels in fork or drive wheel direction.

Action(s) Speed control turned to opposite travel direction.

Influencing elements Parameter 201.


The drive motor [M1] works as a generator and via
the transistor regulator [T1] it converts the truck's
kinetic energy into electricity, thus reducing the
truck’s speed. The excess energy, in the form of
Resulting conditions electricity, is fed back to the battery [G1] helping to
recharge it. The braking effect increases the more
the speed control is turned.
The mechanical brake [Q1] [T1:OUT. BRAKE
RELEASE] is applied when the truck stops.

4.8 Mechanical braking

Event Mechanical braking


Preceding event Truck travels in fork or drive wheel direction.

Action(s) The tiller arm is folded completely up or down.

Influencing Tiller arm sensor in drive position [B60].


elements
Sensor for tiller arm in drive position [B60] is
deactivated [T1: INP. TILLER ARM IN DRIVE POS]
{low}.
Resulting When the tiller arm is completely raised or lowered,
conditions maximum permitted brake reduction is applied for
200 ms or until the travel speed is lower than
0.8 m/s. After this, the mechanical brake [Q1] is
applied. [T1:OUT.BRAKE RELEASE] {high}.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.9 Emergency reversal

Event Emergency reversal


Preceding event Driving in the drive wheel direction
When driving in the drive wheel direction, the emergency
Action(s)
reversal button is pressed
Influencing
Emergency reversal
elements
The Hall sensor [A5:S317] is immediately activated.
The card [A5] interprets this signal as a command to
the transistor regulator [T1] to run the drive motor at
Resulting
a reduced speed in the fork direction as long as the
conditions
button is depressed. The normal drive command
signal received from [L1] is blocked until [L1] is
released and returns to neutral position.

4.10 Fork lifting

Event Fork lifting


Preceding event Start the truck.

Action(s) Press the fork lift button [A5:S320].


Main contactor [Q10].
Fuse [F1].
Influencing elements Lift forks button [A5:S320]
Battery status OK (battery discharge indicator > 0
or battery charge > 20 %).
Resulting conditions Pump motor [M3] starts.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.11 Fork lifting (S210)

Event Fork lifting


Preceding event Start the truck.

Action(s) Press the fork lift button [A5:S320].


Main contactor [Q10].
Fuse [F1].
Influencing elements Lift forks button [A5:S320]
Battery status OK (battery discharge indicator > 0
or battery charge > 20 %).
Resulting conditions Pump motor [M3] starts.

4.12 Support arm lift (S212L, 214L, S220D)

Event Fork lifting


Preceding event Start the truck.

Action(s) Press the button for support arm lift [A5:S321].


Main contactor [Q10].
Fuse [F1].
Influencing elements Button for support arm lift [A5:S321].
Battery status OK (battery discharge indicator > 0
or battery charge > 20 %).
Resulting conditions Pump motor [M3] starts.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.13 Fork lowering

Event Fork lowering


Preceding event Start the truck or commence fork lifting.

Action(s) Press the fork lowering button [A5:S321].


Main contactor [Q10].
Influencing elements
Fork lowering button [A5:S321].
[T1:OUT. LOWER VALVE] goes {low}, the
Resulting conditions
hydraulic lowering valve [Q4] opens.

4.14 Support arm lowering (S212L, 214L, S220D)

Event Fork lowering


Preceding event Start the truck or commence fork lifting.

Action(s) Press the support arm lowering button [A5:S321].


Main contactor [Q10].
Influencing elements
Support arm lowering button [A5:S321].
[T1:OUT. LOWER VALVE] goes {low}, proportional
Resulting conditions
valve [Q4] opens.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4– 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Operation and connection sequencesModel(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4.15 Click-2-Creep

Event Click-2-Creep
Preceding event Start the truck.
Quick double-actuation of the speed control to
activate the function.
Action(s) Set the tiller arm in the vertical position and drive
the truck at creep speed
(2.5 km/h).
Main contactor [Q10].
Influencing elements
Setting of factory parameter 1002.
[T1:OUT.BRAKE RELEASE] goes {low}.
Brake coil [Q1] is activated, and the mechanical
brake is released.
Power is fed to the drive motor's field coils (S2 +ve
Resulting conditions
and S1 -ve).
Pulsed current feed to drive motor rotor is
proportional to speed control actuation. “SLO” is
displayed (flashes).

4.16 Turtle function (option)

Event Turtle function (option)


Preceding event Tiller arm is lowered to the drive position.
Press [S206] to activate this function.
Action(s)
Turn the speed control in either direction.
Main contactor [Q10].
Option button 1 [S206].
Influencing elements
Setting of operator parameter 7 and service
parameter 202.
[T1: OUT. BRAKE RELEASE] goes {low}.
Brake coil [Q1] is activated, and the mechanical
brake is released.
Power is fed to the drive motor's field coils (S2 +ve
Resulting conditions and S1 -ve).
Pulsed current feed to drive motor rotor is
proportional to speed control actuation. The
maximum travel speed is determined by operator
parameter 7. “SLO” is displayed (lit continuously).

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
4 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5. Parameters
5.1 General
The truck's control system can store a number of different parameters. These
are used to configure the truck according to the task to be performed. The
parameters are divided into groups:
– Operator parameters – The driver parameters (1-100) are used to
adapt the truck’s characteristics to a specific driver or task. Up to 10
operator parameter profiles can be stored.
– Service parameters – The service parameters (range 101–1000) are
used to adapt the truck's performance/response and cover all other
parameters not covered by the operator parameters.
– Factory parameters – (range 1001-1250). Truck-specific parameters.
Operator parameters are displayed and changed only for a selected operator,
but if a CAN service key is connected, the parameters for all operators can
be displayed and changed. Operator parameters can be changed by the
operator if the truck's program is set up for this.
The service parameters can be changed once a suitable CAN service key or
PDA/PC has been connected to the truck.
Factory parameters can only be changed using the TruckCom software
application.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.1.1 Show/change parameters

1: Make sure that the truck is switched off. Connect the CAN key or enter
the PIN code. Note: Do not press the ON switch.
2: Press and then release the horn button. “Info“ is shown on the display.
3: Move between menus by turning the speed control several times.
4: “Par” is shown on the display.
5: Press the horn button to select. The parameter symbol lights up.
6: By pressing the speed control repeatedly, you can move through the
parameter list.
See section “5. Parameters”.For setting parameters.
To show a parameter, release the speed control when the required parameter
is shown on the display. Press the horn button to change the parameter.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.1.2 Operator parameters


Note:
Changing specific truck parameters changes the truck's driving properties.
Do not change any parameter values without the necessary know-how.

5.1.3 Overview

Par. Description
3 Acceleration
4 Deceleration
6 Maximum speed
7 Maximum speed, forks above 1.8 m

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.1.4 Connection to logged-in operator


The operator parameters can be adjusted individually to the available log-in
profiles. The parameter’s connection to the operator is done by a combination
of operator and parameter numbers where the single digit always
corresponds to the parameter.
Operator Parameter
profile range
1 1–7
2 11 – 17
3 21 – 27
4 31 – 37
5 41 – 47
6 51 – 57
7 61 – 67
8 71 – 77
9 81 – 87
10 91 – 97

Description of operator parameters

Parameters 3 and 4 – Acceleration/Deceleration


These two parameters can be used to get a smoother acceleration/
deceleration where the application or operator profile so requires.
Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
3 Acceleration 10 80 100 5 %
4 Deceleration 10 90 100 5 %

#3 - Acceleration
The lower the parameter value, the more time is needed to accelerate to the
maximum speed.
#4 - Deceleration
Defines plug braking force when speed control [L1] returns to the neutral
position. The lower the value of parameter, the longer it takes to reduce
speed.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameters 6 and 7 – Maximum travel speed


These two parameters are used to limit the maximum travel speed for the
logged-in operator profile.

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
6 Maximum speed 30 100 100 5 %
Maximum speed, forks above
7 30 100 100 5 %
1.8 m

The maximum travel speed can also be limited by factory parameter #1044
and it is always the lowest speed for a parameter that is the limiting one.

# 6 - Maximum speed
Determines the maximum travel speed.

# 7 - Maximum speed, forks above 1.8m


Adjusts the truck maximum speed when the forks are above 1.8 m, Is set as
a % of parameter 203.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.2 General service parameters


Before any service parameter can be changed, the CAN service key must be
connected to the contact [X41].

5.2.1 Overview
Note:
Changing specific truck parameters changes the truck's driving properties.
Do not change any parameter values without the necessary know-how.

Par. Description
101 Service intervals
102 Operator access
103 Start-up - alternative
104 Automatic logout/min
105 Collision sensor X level
106 Collision sensor Y level
107 Battery adjustment, Ah
109 Battery type, built-in charger
110 Battery size, built-in charger
111 Reset following a collision
112 Clear application data

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.2.2 Description

Parameter 101/104 – Service/Log-out


Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
101 Service intervals 0 0 2000 50 h
104 Time to automatic logout 0 20 20 1 min.

#101 - Service intervals


This parameter determines the time value (in hours) to the next service from
0 to 2000 hours in increments of 50 hours. Whenever this value is changed,
the timer is reset and will start to count the truck activity time. On reaching the
set value, code “S - 0h” is shown on the display and the red LED flashes.
If the value is set as '0', no service interval is given
#104 - Time to automatic log-out
Gives the time, in minutes, before automatic log-out if the truck is inactive.
If the value is set as ‘0’, logout takes place after 4 hours.

Parameter 102 - Operator access


Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
102 Operator access 1 3 10 1

#102 - Operator access


Specifies which login method should be used and if the operator will have the
possibility of changing the operator parameter settings.
Values 1 and 2 = Key
Values 3 and 4 = Keypad with 100 PIN codes. See section “6.6 Programming
PIN codes”.
Values 5 and 6 = Keypad with DHU
Values 7 and 8 = ID unit
Values 9 and 10 = SA2
Odd values = Operator parameters are open and can be changed by the
operator.
Even values = Operator parameters can only be changed with a CAN key
connected.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 103 - Start-up display


Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
103 Start-up display 1 2 5 1

#103 - Start-up display


Sets which value is shown on the display when the truck is started.
When the truck is started, one of the truck's 5 values is shown on the hour
meter display "H" (hour meter display) for 5 seconds. After the menu has
disappeared, the battery capacity is continuously shown in the numeric field
at the same time as the battery indicator is lit.
The truck control system stores five different time values. "Value 2 -
Operating time" is the default value on the start-up display.

Hour meter values Display

Value 1 = (A) Key time


The total time the truck has been in use

Value 2 = (B) Operating time


Combined time during which the pump or drive motor has
been in operation.
Default display.

Value 3 = (C) Drive motor time


The total time the drive motor has been in operation.

Value 4 = (D) Pump motor time


Total time the pump motor has been in operation.

Value 5 = (S) Remaining time until next service.


Parameter 101 controls the initial value.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 105/106 - Collision sensor sensitivity for X/Y (Optional)


Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Collision sensor X-degree of
105 0 0 100 1
sensitivity
Collision sensor Y-degree of
106 0 0 100 1
sensitivity

#105 - Collision sensor X sensitivity degree


Indicates the degree of sensitivity for what should be interpreted as a frontal/
rear-end impact. 0 = Collision sensor not activated
The collision sensor can also be used in combination with DHU. In such
cases, the parameters should not be set in the truck. Collision monitoring is
instead administrated via I_Site.
This parameter must be set during truck installation.
#106 - Collision sensor Y sensitivity degree
Indicates the degree of sensitivity for what should be interpreted as a side
impact. 0 = Collision sensor not activated
The collision sensor can also be used in combination with DHU. In such
cases, the parameters should not be set in the truck. Collision monitoring is
instead administrated via I_Site.
This parameter must be set during truck installation.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5– 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 107 – Battery size


Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
107 Battery size 1 9 20 1

# 107 - Battery size


Specifies what type of battery the truck is equipped with.
The parameter can be used to compensate for different ways of driving by:
• increasing the value to discharge the battery even more.
• reducing the value if the battery is discharged too much.
In order to set the meter for battery charge level, consideration must be given
to the following:
• Acid density when the battery is fully charged; to check the quality of the
battery. This value should be between 1.27 and 1.29.
Please note that the acid density may vary between different kinds of
battery.
• When the lifting capacity is disabled (battery 80% discharged), the value
must be close to (but not below) 1.14.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Table applicable to P214, 216, 218, 220


Refer to the table below for recommended parameter settings.
Parameter 107 Battery size Battery size Battery size
Lead/acid Hawker Evolution gel battery
battery
1
Slight 2
discharge 3
4
5
6
7 311-330 Ah 261-280 Ah 271-290 Ah
8 291-310 Ah 241-260 Ah 251-270 Ah
9 271-290 Ah 221-240 Ah 231-250 Ah
10 251-270 Ah 201-220 Ah 211-230 Ah
11 231-250 Ah 181-200 Ah 191-210 Ah
12 216-230 Ah 161-180 Ah 171-190 Ah
13 201-215 Ah 141-160 Ah 151-170 Ah
14 186-200 Ah 120-140 Ah 131-150 Ah
15 171-185 Ah 110-130 Ah
16 156-170 Ah
17 141-155 Ah
Deeper
discharge 18 125-140 Ah
19
20

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Table concerning P225


Refer to the table below for recommended parameter settings.
Parameter 107 Battery size Battery size Battery size
Lead/acid Hawker Evolution gel battery
battery
1
Slight 2
discharge
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 311-330 Ah 261-280 Ah 271-290 Ah
10 291-310 Ah 241-260 Ah 251-270 Ah
11 271-290 Ah 221-240 Ah 231-250 Ah
12 251-270 Ah 201-220 Ah 211-230 Ah
13 231-250 Ah 181-200 Ah 191-210 Ah
14 216-230 Ah 161-180 Ah 171-190 Ah
15 201-215 Ah 141-160 Ah 151-170 Ah
16 186-200 Ah 120-140 Ah 131-150 Ah
Deeper
discharge 17 171-185 Ah 110-130 Ah
18 156-170 Ah
19 141-155 Ah
20 125-140 Ah

DANGER!
Battery service life will be reduced if the value of parameter 107 is set too
high. The standard setting of parameter 107 is set for normal truck handling.
Other applications may require a different setting of parameter 107. Check
that the parameter setting is the correct one using the instructions below.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Table concerning S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D
Refer to the table below for recommended parameter settings.
Parameter 107 Battery size Battery size Battery size
Lead/acid Hawker Evolution gel battery
battery
1
Slight 2
discharge 3
4
5
6 271-280 Ah 271-290 Ah
7 251-270 Ah 251-270 Ah
8 231-250 Ah 231-250 Ah
9 286-320 Ah 211-230 Ah 211-230 Ah
10 251-285 Ah 191-210 Ah 191-210 Ah
11 221-250 Ah 171-190 Ah 171-190 Ah
12 206-220 Ah 151-170 Ah 151-170 Ah
13 191-205 Ah 131-150 Ah 131-150 Ah
14 176-190 Ah 120-130 Ah 110-130 Ah
15 161-175 Ah
16 146-160 Ah
17 131-145 Ah
Deeper
discharge 18 115-130 Ah
19
20
WARNING!
Battery service life will be reduced if the value of parameter 107 is set too
high. The standard setting of parameter 107 is set for normal truck handling.
Other applications may require a different setting of parameter 107. Check
that the parameter setting is the correct one using the instructions below.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Verifying parameter settings for freely ventilated batteries (lead-acid


batteries)
1. Charge the battery.
2. Use the truck in its normal application until the battery indicator shows a
discharged battery (0% on the display).
3. Disconnect the battery from the truck and allow it to rest for at least two
minutes.
Note:
Do not charge or discharge during this time.
4. Measure the specific gravity of the electrolyte at ambient temperature.
If the specific gravity is below 1.15 g/cm3, the parameter value must be
reduced.
If the value is considerably higher than 1.15 g/cm3 the risk of damage to the
battery is reduced. At the same time, the operating time of the truck is
reduced. If extended operating time is desired, then increase the parameter
value by no more than one unit.
Note:
Each change should be followed up by a new verification of the parameter
setting.

Verifying the parameter setting for valve-regulated batteries (Exide)


1. Charge the battery.
2. Operate the truck in its normal application until the battery indicator
indicates a discharged battery (0% in the display).
3. Disconnect the battery from the truck and allow it to rest for at least two
hours.
Note:
Do not allow any charging or discharging during this time.
4. Measure the battery voltage at room temperature.
If the voltage is less than Uend (see the table below) the parameter value
must be reduced. If the value is considerably higher than Uend the risk of
damage to the battery is reduced. At the same time, however, the operating
time of the truck decreases. If extended operating time is desired, then
increase the parameter value, but maximum by one unit.
Note:
Each change should be followed up by a new verification of the parameter
setting.

Battery type Battery voltage while resting,


Uend
Exide 24.24 V

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameters 109/110 - Built-in charger (option)

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
109 Battery type, built-in charger 0 0 32766 1
110 Battery size, built-in charger 100 100 300 1 Ah

#109 - Battery type, built-in charger


Sets the type of battery in case of built-in charger. This parameter has no use
unless there is a built-in charger.
#0 = No charging
#1 = Lead/acid battery
#2 = Hawker Evolution battery
#3 = Exide gel battery
# 32766 = TMHMS Li-ion battery

#110 - Battery type, built-in charger (Optional)


Sets the battery size used with the built-in charger so the correct charging
current is chosen. For Hawker Evolution only the sizes 134 Ah, 174 Ah and
201 Ah are approved. This parameter has no use unless there is a built-in
charger.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 15 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 111 - Reset procedure after collision (option)

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Resetting procedure after
111 0 0 3 1
collision

#111 - Reset procedure after collision


Specifies the condition for how the truck is to be taken into operation again
after the collision sensors have been triggered.

Value Function
0 Function not activated
1 The operator can reset the truck.
2 Horn sounds once every five seconds.
3 Options 1 and 2 combined.

The PIN code to be activated for resetting can be found in operator profile 1
and special block 10. Page 6–4

Parameter 112 - Clear application data

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
112 Erase application data 0 0 2 1

#112 - Clear application data


Specifies whether information from the histogram/collision sensor is to be
deleted at login.

Value Function
0 Do not clear
1 Clear histogram at start-up
2 Clear collision log at start-up

The histogram data consists of the logged motor temperature, motor control and
steering motor in the form of a histogram. You clear this data by setting parameter
112 =1. This is useful when transferring the truck from one client to another.

The collision log is a log with the 10 latest collisions are stored together with the
operator PIN code. You clear this data by setting parameter 112 =2.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 16 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.3 Service parameters, travel functions

5.3.1 Overview
Par. Description
201 Braking force when reversing the travel direction
202 Maximum speed Turtle mode activated
203 Maximum speed, forks above 1.8 m
204 Acceleration, forks above 1.8 m
Braking force when reversing the travel direction, forks
205
above 1.8 m
206 Automatic deceleration, forks above 1.8 m

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 17 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.3.2 Description

Parameter 201 – Deceleration when reversing

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
201 Deceleration when reversing 70 100 100 5 %

# 201 - Deceleration when reversing

Sets how hard the truck will brake when the speed control is turned in the opposite
direction, and used to get a smoother deceleration where the application requires
this for all operator profiles.

Parameter 202 – Maximum speed Turtle mode activated

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Maximum speed Turtle mode
202 0.5 3.0 6.0 0.5 km/h
activated

#202 - Maximum speed Turtle mode activated

Sets the maximum speed when Turtle mode is activated


.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 18 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 203 - Maximum speed, forks above 1.8 m


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Maximum speed, forks above
203 0.5 2.5 5.0 0.5 km/h
1.8 m

# 203 - Maximum speed, forks above 1.8m


Sets the maximum speed when the forks are above 1.8 m.

Parameter 204 - Maximum acceleration, forks above 1.8 m


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Maximum acceleration,
204 10 45 60 5 %
forks above 1.8 m

#204 - Maximum acceleration, forks above 1.8 m


Sets the maximum acceleration when the forks are above 1.8 m. As a
percentage of maximum acceleration for this application.

Parameter 205 - Maximum reversing, forks above 1.8 m


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Maximum reversing, forks
205 45 80 80 5 %
above 1.8 m

#205 - Maximum reversing, forks above 1.8 m


Sets the maximum reversing when the forks are above 1.8 m. As a
percentage of maximum acceleration for this application.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 19 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 206 - Automatic speed reduction, forks above 1.8 m


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Automatic speed
206 reduction, forks above 1.8 45 60 80 5 %
m

#206 - Automatic speed reduction, forks above 1.8 m


Sets the maximum speed reduction when the forks are above 1.8 m. As a
percentage of maximum acceleration for this application.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 20 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.4 Service parameters, hydraulic functions

Par. Description
301 Lowering stop ramp
302 Fork lowering speed
303 EVP startup mode
304 Support arm, lowering speed
305 EVP slow lowering speed
306 Enable two speeds for lifting/lowering
307 Automatic support arm lowering
499 (Not applicable - for field test software only)

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 21 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.4.1 Description

Parameter 301 – Ramping value for lowering stop


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
301 Lowering stop ramp 3 7 20 1

# Parameter 301 – Ramping value for lowering stop


Determines the closing ramp of the proportional valve.

Parameter 302 - Fork, lowering speed


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
302 Fork lowering speed 70 190 255 5

# Parameter 302 - Fork, lowering speed


Determines the maximum lowering speed of the forks. This parameter can be
adjusted manually or can be set by using the calibration function

Parameter 303 - EVP start mode


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
303 EVP startup mode 30 90 150 5

# Parameter 303 - EVP start mode


Determines the start position of the proportional valve. This parameter can be
adjusted manually or can be set by using the calibration function

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 22 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 304 - EVP support arm lowering speed


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
EVP support arms,
304 50 130 220 5
lowering speed

Parameter 304 - EVP support arm lowering speed


Specifies the lowering speed of the support arms. This parameter can be
adjusted manually or can be set by using the calibration function

Parameter 305 - EVP slow lowering speed


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
305 EVP slow lowering speed 40 105 220 5

Parameter 305 - EVP slow lowering speed


Determines the slow lowering speed when using "Click-2-Creep”. This
parameter can be adjusted manually or can be set by using the calibration
function

Parameter 306 - Activation of “Click-2-Creep” lifting/lowering


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Activate “Click-2-Creep”
306 0 1 1 1
lifting/lowering

Parameter 306 - Activation of “Click-2-Creep” lifting/lowering

Activate “Click-2-Creep” lifting/lowering

Value Function
0 OFF
1 On:

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 23 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 307 - Automatic support arm lowering (On/Off)


Applies to S208L, 210, 212S, 212L, 212, 214L, 214, 220D

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
Automatic support arm
307 0 1 1 1
lowering

#307 - Automatic support arm lowering (On/Off)

Controls whether the support arms should be lowered automatically when the forks
reach the 1.8 m sensor.

Value Function
0 OFF
1 On:

Parameter 499 - (Not applicable)


This parameter is only used for field test software

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 24 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.5 Factory parameters


The truck's factory parameters are preset in the truck during production at the
factory. Factory parameters can only be changed using the TruckCom
software application.
Note:
Remember that a change of specific truck parameters changes the truck's
properties. Do not change any parameter values without the necessary know-
how. Only authorised service technicians with personal TruckCom user
identities have the rights to change factory settings. The parameters should
only be changed when a specific need for this arises.
The user ID and time of changing parameters will be logged in the logic card
housed in the tiller arm handle.

5.5.1 Overview

Par. Description
1001 Truck type
1002 Non-configurable option
1003-
Optional functions FUNC1 - FUNC8
1042
1044 Master maximum speed
1045 Battery type
1046 Special truck
1101 Built-in charger
1102 Controls for hydraulic function
1110 BDI
1118 Hardware version

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 25 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

5.5.2 Description

Parameter 1001 - Type of truck

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1001 Truck type 0 0 108 1

# Parameter 1001 - Truck type


This parameter is used to set which truck type the program is to adapt
operational data for.

Value Function
0 Unknown truck type
1 P214
2 P216
3 P218
4 P220
5 P225
101 S210
102 S212
103 S214
104 S212L
105 S214L
106 S220D
107 S208L
108 S212S

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 26 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 1002 - Non-configurable options

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1002 Non-configurable option 0 1 7 1

#1002 - Non-configurable options


3 different functions are accessible via parameter 1002. These functions are
either active or inactive. The functions do not require any further adjustment
and are thus referred to as non-configurable options.

Value Function
0 No optional function
1 CLICK-2-CREEP
2 TURTLE
3 CLICK-2-CREEP and TURTLE
4 SAFETY REVERSING HORN
5 SAFETY REVERSING HORN and CLICK-2-CREEP
6 SAFETY REVERSING HORN and TURTLE
SAFETY REVERSING HORN, CLICK-2-CREEP and
7
TURTLE

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 27 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameters 1003-1042 – Optional functions

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1003 Optional function 1 0 0 21 1
1004 Optional function 1Arg1 0 0 255 1
1005 Optional function 1Arg2 0 0 255 1
1006 Optional function 1Arg3 0 0 255 1
1007 Optional function 1Arg4 0 0 255 1
1008 Optional function 2 0 0 21 1
1009 Optional function 2Arg1 0 0 255 1
1010 Optional function 2Arg2 0 0 255 1
1011 Optional function 2Arg3 0 0 255 1
1012 Optional function 2Arg4 0 0 255 1
1013 Optional function 3 0 0 21 1
1014 Optional function 3Arg1 0 0 255 1
1015 Optional function 3Arg2 0 0 255 1
1016 Optional function 3Arg3 0 0 255 1
1017 Optional function 3Arg4 0 0 255 1
1018 Optional function 4 0 0 21 1
1019 Optional function 4Arg1 0 0 255 1
1020 Optional function 4Arg2 0 0 255 1
1021 Optional function 4Arg3 0 0 255 1
1022 Optional function 4Arg4 0 0 255 1
1023 Optional function 5 0 0 21 1
1024 Optional function 5Arg1 0 0 255 1
1025 Optional function 5Arg2 0 0 255 1
1026 Optional function 5Arg3 0 0 255 1
1027 Optional function 5Arg4 0 0 255 1
1028 Optional function 6 0 0 21 1
1029 Optional function 6Arg1 0 0 255 1
1030 Optional function 6Arg2 0 0 255 1
1031 Optional function 6Arg3 0 0 255 1
1032 Optional function 6Arg4 0 0 255 1
1033 Optional function 7 0 0 21 1
1034 Optional function 7Arg1 0 0 255 1
1035 Optional function 7Arg2 0 0 255 1
1036 Optional function 7Arg3 0 0 255 1
1037 Optional function 7Arg4 0 0 255 1
1038 Optional function 8 0 0 21 1
1039 Optional function 8Arg1 0 0 255 1
1040 Optional function 8Arg2 0 0 255 1
1041 Optional function 8Arg3 0 0 255 1
1042 Optional function 8Arg4 0 0 255 1

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 28 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameters #1003-1042
Factory parameters # 1003 to 1042 - configurable optional functions
Parameters #1003 to #1042 are reserved in the truck’s control system for
extra truck options and/or special product modifications. The parameters
configure and control the Spider expansion unit (SEU) that must be fitted to
the truck, in some cases it is enough to have an empty I/0 in the motor control.
This method of implementation enables use of the standard program. This
eliminates the need for any special program.
Normally, these parameters are configured by the manufacturer when the
truck is modified or customised. It is advisable to upload the parameter
settings from the truck when carrying out any modification. If the main control
unit [A2] has been replaced, the original parameter settings can be
transferred to the new unit, thus ensuring that special options function
correctly.

Factory parameter no. #1003, #1008, #1013, #1018, #1023, #1028, #1033
and #1038 can be adjusted to allow up to a maximum of 8 pre-programmed
"Basic options" to be activated and configured to suit a specific special option
or customisation.

Activation of optional functions


The system can use up to eight configurable optional functions
simultaneously. Each configurable function is controlled by five factory
parameters. During activation, an index parameter (#1003, #1008, #1013,
#1018, #1023, #1028, #1033, #1038) must first be set to a value equivalent
to an optional function. Four parameters that can be modified to configure the
optional function are linked to each index parameter.
• The index parameter is allocated one optional function (optional function is
determined).
• Each optional function can have up to 4 arguments associated with it.
Each argument holds a value which can be changed to configure the
function (optional function is configured).
• If the value of an argument is outside of the highest or lowest permitted
value, an error code is generated and the option cannot be used.
The error code cannot be eliminated until the argument is given a
permissible value.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 29 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 1 - Option switch controls SEU output


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital output
Values Meaning Pin no.
0 activates digital output 1 (1.6 A) on SEU 16
1 activates digital output 2 (1.6 A) on SEU 30
2 activates digital output 3 (1.6 A) on SEU 2
3 activates digital output 4 (1.6 A) on SEU 3
Argument #3 Selection of option switch
Values Meaning
0 activated by option switch 2 or 5
1 activated by option switch 1
2 activated by option switch 2
3 activated by option switch 3
4 activated by option switch 4
5 activated by option switch 5
6 activated by option switch 6
7 activated by option switch 3 or 4

Argument #4 Type of switching


Values Meaning
0 activated when the switch is pressed
1 option is toggled when switch is pressed

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 30 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 2 - Reduced travel speed via SEU inputs


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital input
Values Meaning Pin no.
0 activates digital input 1 (1 mA) on SEU 5
1 activates digital input 2 (1 mA) on SEU 19
2 activates digital input 3 (1 mA) on SEU 33
3 activates digital input 4 (1 mA) on SEU 6
4 activates digital input 5 (7 mA) on SEU 20
5 activates digital input 6 (7 mA) on SEU 34
6 activates digital input 7 (7 mA) on SEU 7
7 activates digital input 8 (7 mA) on SEU 21
Argument #3 Speed limitation as a percentage of max. speed
Values Meaning
Max. speed adjustable from 0-100%
0-100
(driving is not possible when value = 0)
Argument #4 Speed range
Values Meaning
0 Affects only high speed range
1 Affects only low speed range
2 Affects both speed ranges

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 31 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 3 - Truck movement activates SEU output


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital output
Pin
Values Meaning
no.
0 activates digital output 1 (1.6 A) on SEU 16
1 activates digital output 2 (1.6 A) on SEU 30
2 activates digital output 3 (1.6 A) on SEU 2
3 activates digital output 4 (1.6 A) on SEU 3

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 32 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 3 - Truck movement activates SEU output


Argument #3 Selection of activation movement
When driving
When driving Fork Fork
Values drive wheel
fork direction lifting lowering
direction
1 X
2 X
3 X X
4 X
5 X X
6 X X
7 X X X
8 X
9 X X
10 X X
11 X X X
12 X X
13 X X X
14 X X X
15 X X X X
16
17 X
18 X
19 X X
20 X
21 X X
22 X X
23 X X X
24 X
25 X X
26 X X
27 X X X
28 X X
29 X X X
30 X X X
31 X X X X
Argument #4 Output switching mode
Values Meaning
0 Output continuously on
1 Output switches at 1 Hz
2 Output switches at 2 Hz

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 33 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 4 - Activate main contactor by SEU input


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital input
Values Meaning Pin no.
0 activated by digital input 1 (1 mA) on SEU 5
1 activated by digital input 2 (1 mA) on SEU 19
2 activated by digital input 3 (1 mA) on SEU 3 33
3 activated by digital input 4 (1 mA) on SEU 6
4 activated by digital input 5 (7 mA) on SEU 20
5 activated by digital input 6 (7 mA) on SEU 34
6 activated by digital input 7 (7 mA) on SEU 7
7 activated by digital input 8 (7 mA) on SEU 21
Argument #3 Hold time in minutes
Values Meaning
Contactor is held from 0 to 30 minutes after the digital input is
0-30
activated
Argument #4 Not used

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 34 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 5 - Activate lifting/lowering by SEU input


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital inputs
Values Meaning Pin no.
Lift - SEU digital input 1 on SEU 5
0 Lower - SEU digital input 2 on SEU 19
Lowering block - SEU digital input 3 on SEU 33
Lift - SEU digital input 2 on SEU 19
1 Lower - SEU digital input 3 on SEU 33
Lowering block - SEU digital input 4 on SEU 6
Lift - SEU digital input 3 on SEU 33
2 Lower - SEU digital input 4 on SEU 6
Lowering block - SEU digital input 5 on SEU 20
Lift - SEU digital input 4 on SEU 6
3 Lower - SEU digital input 5 on SEU 20
Lowering block - SEU digital input 6 on SEU 34
Lift - SEU digital input 5 on SEU 20
4 Lower - SEU digital input 6 on SEU 34
Lowering block - SEU digital input 7 on SEU 7
Lift - SEU digital input 6 on SEU 34
5 Lower - SEU digital input 7 on SEU 7
Lowering block - SEU digital input 8 on SEU 21
Argument #3 Enable/disable lowering block
Values Meaning
0 Lowering block disabled
1 Lowering block enabled
Argument #4 Selection of fork/support arm
Values Meaning
0 Selects fork lifting/lowering
1 Selects support arm lifting/lowering

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 35 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 6 - Lift height limitation by SEU input and override


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital input for limitation switch
Values Meaning Pin no.
0 activates digital input 1 (1 mA) on SEU 5
1 activates digital input 2 (1 mA) on SEU 19
2 activates digital input 3 (1 mA) on SEU 33
3 activates digital input 4 (1 mA) on SEU 6
4 activates digital input 5 (7 mA) on SEU 20
5 activates digital input 6 (7 mA) on SEU 34
6 activates digital input 7 (7 mA) on SEU 7
7 activates digital input 8 (7 mA) on SEU 21
Argument #3 Selection of option switch for override function
Values Meaning
0 activated by option switch 2 or 5
1 activated by option switch 1
2 activated by option switch 2
3 activated by option switch 3
4 activated by option switch 4
5 activated by option switch 5
6 activated by option switch 6
7 activated by option switch 3 or 4
8 no override possible
Argument #4 Selection of time interval for override function
Values Meaning
0 option switch must be kept pressed for override
1-15 value corresponds to time in seconds, e.g. value 1 = 1 second

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 36 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 11 - Automatic height preselector


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 (A36)
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of option switch for automatic lifting and lowering movement
Values Meaning
0 option not activated by option button
1 activated by option switch 1 and 2
2 activated by option switch 2 and 3
3 activated by option switch 3 and 4
4 activated by option switch 4 and 5
5 activated by option switch 5 and 6
6 activated by option switch 1.6 and 2.5
7 activated by option switch 2.5 and 3.4
Argument #3 Selection of SEU digital inputs/outputs
Values Meaning Pin no.
photocell - digital input 1 on SEU 5
lowest position - digital input 2 on SEU 19
highest position - digital input 3 on SEU 33
0
external lifting switch - digital input 4 on SEU 6
external lowering switch - digital input 5 on SEU 20
lamp - digital output 1 on SEU 16
photocell - digital input 2 on SEU 19
lowest position - digital input 3 on SEU 33
highest position - digital input 4 on SEU 6
1
external lifting switch - digital input 5 on SEU 20
external lowering switch - digital input 6 on SEU 34
lamp - digital output 2 on SEU 30
photocell - digital input 3 on SEU 33
lowest position - digital input 4 on SEU 6
highest position - digital input 5 on SEU 20
2
external lifting switch - digital input 6 on SEU 34
external lowering switch - digital input 7 on SEU 7
lamp - digital output 3 on SEU 2
photocell - digital input 4 on SEU 6
lowest position - digital input 5 on SEU 20
highest position - digital input 6 on SEU 34
3
external lifting switch - digital input 7 on SEU 7
external lowering switch - digital input 8 on SEU 21
lamp - digital output 4 on SEU 3

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 37 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 11 - Automatic height preselector


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2

Argument #4 Activation/deactivation external lifting/lowering switch


Values Meaning
0 external lifting/lowering switch deactivated
1 external lifting/lowering switch activated

Basic option 13 – Activates SEU outputs at login


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 [A36]
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital output Pin no.
0 activates digital output 1 (1.6 A) on SEU 16
1 activates digital output 2 (1.6 A) on SEU 30
2 activates digital output 3 (1.6 A) on SEU 2
3 activates digital output 4 (1.6 A) on SEU 3
Argument #3 Not used

Argument #4 SEU output's connection mode


Values Meaning
0 Output continuously on
1 Output switches at 1 Hz
2 Output switches at 2 Hz

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 38 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 14 – Activate restrictions on hydraulics via operator profiles


Argument #1 Not used. SEU unit not required

Argument #2 Selection of operator profile


Values Meaning
1 Operator profile 1
2 Operator profile 1-2
3 Operator profile 1-3
4 Operator profile 1-4
5 Operator profile 1-5
6 Operator profile 1-6
7 Operator profile 1-7
8 Operator profile 1-8
9 Operator profile 1-9
10 Operator profile 1-10
Connecting restrictions. The values in argument #3 can be combined
Argument #3
through addition, e.g. value 1 + value 8 = value 9
Values Meaning
1 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 1
2 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 1
4 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 2
8 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 2
16 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 3
32 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 3
64 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 4
128 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 4
Argument #4 Not used

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 39 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Basic option 15 – Activate restrictions on hydraulics via SEU inputs


Argument #1 Selection of SEU unit 1 or 2
Values Meaning
0 option is handled by SEU unit 1 [A36]
1 option is handled by SEU unit 2 (the second SEU unit)
Argument #2 Selection of SEU digital input
Values Meaning Pin no.
0 activates digital input 1 (1 mA) on SEU 5
1 activates digital input 2 (1 mA) on SEU 19
2 activates digital input 3 (1 mA) on SEU 33
3 activates digital input 4 (1 mA) on SEU 6
4 activates digital input 5 (7 mA) on SEU 20
5 activates digital input 6 (7 mA) on SEU 34
6 activates digital input 7 (7 mA) on SEU 7
7 activates digital input 8 (7 mA) on SEU 21
Connecting restrictions. The values in argument #3 can be combined
Argument #3
through addition, e.g. value 1 + value 8 = value 9
Values Meaning
1 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 1
2 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 1
4 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 2
8 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 2
16 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 3
32 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 3
64 Block the lift/pressurising of hydraulic function 4
128 Block the lowering/depressurising of hydraulic function 4
Argument #4 Override switch
Values Meaning
0 Option switch 2 or 5 gets the override function
1 Option switch 1 gets the override function
2 Option switch 2 gets the override function
3 Option switch 3 gets the override function
4 Option switch 4 gets the override function
5 Option switch 5 gets the override function
6 Option switch 6 gets the override function
7 Option switch 3 or 4 gets the override function
8 No override possible

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 40 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 1044 - Master maximum speed

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1044 Master maximum speed 0.5 6.0 6.0 0.5 km/h

#1044 - Master maximum speed


Sets the maximum speed for the application. The speed can never exceed
the value of this parameter, regardless of the settings of the other
parameters.

Parameter 1045 - Type of battery in the truck

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1045 Type of battery in the truck 0 0 1 1

# 1045 - Type of battery in the truck


Specifies the type of battery found in the application.

Value Function
0 Lead/acid battery
1 Li-ion battery

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 41 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 1046 - Adapting to special trucks

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1046 Adapting to special trucks 0 0 1 1

# Parameter 1046 - Adapting to special trucks

Value Function
0 Function not activated
1 The function is activated

Parameter 1101 - Built-in battery charger

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1101 Built-in battery charger 0 0 1 1

#1101 - Built-in charger


Indicates if there is a battery charger on the application. If there is a battery
charger, parameters 109 and 110 must also be set.

Value Function
0 No battery charger
1 Battery charger present

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 42 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 1102 - Controls for hydraulic function

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1102 Controls for hydraulic function 1 1 4 1

#1102 - Controls for hydraulic function

Value Function
The rear lifting and lowering control is connected
1 to the second hydraulic function, while the front
control is connected to the first hydraulic function
The rear lifting and lowering control is connected
to the first hydraulic function, while the front
2
control is connected to the second hydraulic
function
Both lifting and lowering controls are connected
3 to the first hydraulic function. There is no second
hydraulic function.
The analogue lifting and lowering control is
connected to the first hydraulic function, while the
4
front control is connected to the second hydraulic
function.

Note: The rear one means the control towards the operator

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 43 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 1110 – Reset voltage for BDI

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1110 BDI 24.8 25.2 27.0 0.1 V

#1110 – Reset voltage for BDI


After the battery is charged to full capacity, BDI is reset to 100% provided that
battery voltage comes up to the pre-programmed reset value. If the reset
voltage value is not reached, it could be due to a voltage drop between the
battery and the logic card.
In case of reset problems:
• Charge the battery to full capacity following the instructions in the
operator's manual.
• Then drive the truck for at least 25 seconds before logging out.
• BDI is only set to 100% if the battery has been disconnected/reconnected.
• Check the voltage across the battery compared to the voltage between
wires 20 and 40 on the tiller arm logic card (A5)
• A voltage drop between the battery and the logic card (A5) could be
caused by poor connectors/connections or a loose connection in the
battery connector.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 44 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Parameter 1118 - Hardware version

Defa Incre
Par. Description Min. Max. Unit
ult ment
1118 Hardware version 0 1 1 1

#1118 - Hardware version


Determines the [T1] ACT version on the truck

Value Function
0 Before 2010-03-22
1 After 2010-03-22

* Matrix for hardware/software compatibility


See the matrix below for the correct setting of factory parameter 1118. The
setting depends on which version of motor control is installed on the truck.
• Value 0 = 1.5 kHz (default value)
• Value 1 = 8 kHz

Motor controller Factory parameter 1118


Value = 0 Value = 1

243428-001/-002 OK Not permitted


246889-001/-002
246890-001/-002
7513528-001/-newer Not OK
7513526-001/-newer recommended
7513527-001/-newer

— Slut på avsnittet —

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 45 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Parameters Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
5 – 46 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6. Installation and commissioning


This chapter describes the work that is necessary before the truck can be put
into use.

6.1 Transporting the truck


When transporting the truck on a lorry or the like, the truck must be properly
anchored with stropping (A). Use inserts and sheets of shock-absorbing
material to prevent damage to the truck during lashing and transport.

6.2 Transporting the mast


When transporting the mast alone, you must properly anchor all loose parts.
The guides must be secured so that they cannot glide apart. Chains and any
hoses must be fastened so that they cannot come loose or be damaged. The
entire mast is then strapped to load pallets or another suitable support for
transport.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.3 Safe lifting

• Lift the truck at its centre of gravity using another fork lift truck.
• Secure the truck to the forks of the lifting truck.
• Lift it very carefully.
WARNING!
Risk of tipping.
The truck may tip over if it is lifted incorrectly.
Always lift the truck when it has been fastened to the forks of the lifting truck
and its centre of gravity between the forks.
• Only lift the truck at the indicated lifting points using suitable lifting
equipment.
WARNING!
Risk of tipping.
The truck may tip over if it is lifted in the wrong places.
Always lift the truck in the indicated lifting points.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.4 Installing the battery


The battery to be installed in the truck must be of the right size. If the battery
is too small in terms of size and weight, it can seriously affect the truck's
braking ability and truck stability when lifting goods. See the truck's
identification plate for the correct battery data.
1. Lift the battery into place using an approved lifting device and a suitable
battery lifting yoke or lifting loops.
DANGER!
To prevent the battery from falling down when it is released from the lifting
device, prepare trestles or other suitable supports of the right height to
support it. Check the height of the supporting material before releasing the
lifting hook.
2. Check the electrolyte level in the battery. Normally, the level should be
around 10-15 mm above the cell plates.
3. Connect the battery cables/battery connector.
DANGER!
Check that the polarity is correct when connecting the battery cables.
Compare the markings on the cables with those on the battery terminals. An
incorrectly connected battery may cause short-circuiting.
4. Close battery compartment.
5. Refit the battery disconnecter.
6. Check and if required reset the parameters for the battery and battery
charger. See the "Setting the parameters for the battery and battery
charger" section in this chapter.
7. Test the functions of the truck, and check that the sensor for the lift height
limiter is correctly set before using the truck.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.5 Using PIN codes

6.5.1 General
PIN codes can be used e.g. to link different operator experience levels to
specific truck characteristics – Operator profiles.
Operator parameters can be adjusted individually for up to ten different
operator profiles.
The PIN codes are organised in blocks and profiles. Each block can hold ten
operator profiles, each with its own PIN code.
In order to use the PIN codes in a block, the block must first be activated.
By default, block one (1) is activated, which means that initially the truck has
three ready-to-use operator profiles. Page 6–7
PIN codes can be activated or changed according to the preferences of the
operator. An operator profile is activated upon normal log-in by all PIN codes
whose block number is activated.

6.5.2 PIN code for resetting after a collision


If the truck has stopped as a result of a collision, it needs to be reset by
entering a special PIN code. This PIN code must be programmed by a
service technician during installation. Page 6–6
The PIN code to be activated can be found in operator profile 1 and special
block 10. The default value of the PIN code is 0000. This must be changed to
the PIN code selected by the service technician.
Note:
The PIN code cannot contain the same combination of digits as any of the
other programmed PIN codes.
With parameter #111, it is possible to change how the reset after a collision
is carried out. Page 5–16

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.5.3 Programming PIN codes


Note:
There are two possible methods for programming PIN codes.
The first and the simplest is to use TruckCom, which provides clear
instructions.
The other alternative is to use the truck keypad.
If the truck is configured to handle PIN codes, 100 different PIN codes can be
programmed.
The first time a block is activated, all PIN codes in the block are set to “0000”.
If a block with PIN codes not set to “0000”, is deactivated and later
reactivated, the PIN codes with other values than “0000” will again be valid.
Use of PIN code “0000” is permitted, but it means that the position is
deactivated. It is never possible to log in with PIN code “0”.
The truck program stores a standard set of PIN codes as indicated in the
table in the section “PIN code defaults”.
Note:
The truck program will not accept attempts to program PIN codes that have
already been set. The previous code will be restored.

When a PIN code is programmed, there is a check to ensure that it is not used
elsewhere in the table, regardless of whether the block is active or inactive.
The PIN code setting menu is used for managing PIN codes; the menu can
only be accessed when a service key is connected.

6.5.4 PIN code at delivery


Trucks that normally require a PIN code to start are delivered with a four-
number delivery code, which is indicated by a protective film covering the
keypad.
Remove the protective film when supplying the truck to the customer, and
change the PIN codes for the truck.
(Trucks with Smart Access are delivered with a transport key card)
All truck are delivered with the same set of PIN codes: Three (3) codes for
manual trucks and four (4) codes for auto trucks. See “PIN code defaults” on
page 7.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.6 Programming PIN codes

1. Make sure that the truck is switched off. Connect the CAN service key to
connector [X41]. Enter the PIN code.
2. Press and then release the horn button. “Info“ is shown on the display.
3. Turn the speed control several times until “Pin” is shown on the display.
4. Press and then release the horn button to select.
5. Select programming commands from the table below:

Function Programming Comments


Blocks 0-9 are
Restore factory settings. Press 1 + ON button deactivated, and all PIN
codes are reset to 0000.
b = Block 0-9
Upon activation of a PIN
Activate a new PIN
Press 2 + b + ON button code's block, the codes
code's block.
already stored become
available again.
b = Block 0-9
No codes will be deleted.
Deactivate a PIN code's
Press 3 + b + ON button They will be available
block
again when the PIN code's
block is reactivated.
Press 4 + b + P + NNNN + ON button
b = Block 0-9
Note:
P = Operator profile 1-10
The block that should apply must first be activated (see
NNNN = PIN code
function 2 in the table above).
Note:
Programming a new If the PIN code is correct, the code is shown for 3 seconds,
It is only possible to assign
PIN code followed by the text "donE" for 2 seconds. It is possible to
one digit to an operator
enter a new PIN code within these 5 seconds by pressing a
profile. As a result,
key on the keyboard.
operator profile 10 should
If the PIN code is wrong, the display shows “Err”. If you press
be assigned as 0 (zero).
the red button, the new PIN code is not saved.
Press 6 + NNNN + ON button
PIN code programming The PIN code that is activated can be found in operator
for truck reset after profile 1 and special block 10. The default value of the PIN NNNN = PIN code
collision code is 0000. This must be changed to the PIN code selected
by the service technician.

6. Switch off the truck by pressing the OFF switch.


PIN code programming is now complete. Verify that programming has been
done correctly by logging in using one of the new PIN codes.
For PIN code management via TruckCom, refer to the TruckCom manual.

Note:
It is important to ensure the correct operator profile is activated when a
specific PIN code is entered. This is especially important when an operator
profile has been set to apply for a specific truck application.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.6.1 PIN code defaults


The PIN codes are factory set so that only block 1/operator profiles 1-10 are
activated. Note: It is only possible to assign one digit to an operator profile. The
operator profile 10 should be set to 0 (zero).
Block 10 and operator profile 1 are only used for PIN code programming for truck
reset after collision, the remaining operator profiles in block 10 are not used.
Note:
Service personnel are urged to keep notes on activated blocks, changed
PIN codes and special operator profile settings.

Default assignment of PIN codes

Operator 10
Note:
profile 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Entered
no. as 0
Block 0 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 1 1258 2258 3258 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 9258 0000
Block 2 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 3 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 4 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 5 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 6 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 7 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 8 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 9 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Block 10 0000

The factory-set operator profiles are classified as follows:


Profile Characteristic Remarks
Transport PIN code for all trucks, as indicated on the transport
1 Standard profile
sticker (1258)
2 Beginner profile Factory pre-set PIN code at the time of delivery (2258).
Factory pre-set PIN code at the time of delivery (3258). Operator
3 Advanced profile
parameters set to max. values
4 Standard profile –
5 Standard profile –
6 Standard profile –
7 Standard profile –
8 Standard profile –
Factory pre-set PIN code at the time of delivery (9258), only for
9 Standard profile
automatic trucks.
10 Standard profile –

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.7 Setting parameters


This chapter covers only those parameters that need to be set upon
commissioning of the truck and which require detailed descriptions. Fore
more information on the parameters, please refer to the Parameters chapter.
Check to make sure all parameters are set to the desired values in terms of
• maximum speed, operator parameter - Page 5–3
• acceleration, operator parameters - Page 5–3
• deceleration, operator parameters - Page 5–3
• collision sensor (option) - Page 5–9
• battery - Page 5–10
• battery charger (option) - Page 5–15Page 5–42
Note:
When checking or setting parameters, be sure to keep written records, e.g. in
a truck report, of the truck's specific parameter values. This separate
information on truck-specific parameters can come in handy, e.g. in case of
downtime, since the information is not available elsewhere.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

6.8 Function and safety checks

a,e
q b
c
n
d
m
f
k

p
o

j
Prior to putting the truck into use, check the following items:

Pos. Inspection point Procedure


a Driving control Check the function
b Safety reversing switch Check the function

c Sound signal Check the function


d Control units Check the function
e Brake Check the function
f Emergency switch off Check the function
g Hydraulic system Check all components
h Power pack Check for any noise or oil leakage
j Wheels Inspect for any damage, remove dirt etc.
k Chassis Inspect for any damage, remove dirt etc.
m Battery cover and lock Check the function
n Battery Inspect the battery acid level and charge level
o Fork carriage Inspect for any damage, remove dirt etc.
p Support arms Inspect for any damage, remove dirt etc.
q Mast Inspect for any damage, remove dirt etc.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6– 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Installation and commissioning Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
6 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

7. Maintenance
7.1 Introduction
To maintain a high level of truck safety and to minimise downtime, all the
points specified in the service programme must be carried out.
The intervals specified are those that fulfil the truck manufacturer's
requirements for a truck used in standard applications. The local operating
environment may require service intervals that differ from those specified.
Once a truck's service intervals have been determined, the hour recorder is
primarily used for determining when servicing is to be carried out.
To maintain truck safety, only spare parts approved by the truck manufacturer
may be used for servicing and repairs.

During the truck's warranty period: If repairs/servicing have been carried


out by non-authorised personnel, or if non-approved spare parts are used,
the truck warranty ceases to be valid.

7.2 Maintenance instructions

7.2.1 Cleaning and washing


Cleaning and washing the truck is an important factor in maintaining truck
reliability.
• Carry out general cleaning and washing each week.
Note:
Risk of short circuiting.
Risk of damage to the electrical system.
Disconnect the battery before washing by pulling out the battery connector.

7.2.2 High-pressure washers


High-pressure washing may only be performed on metal surfaces.
Under no circumstances may high-pressure washing be performed in the
truck's motor compartment.
When using a high-pressure wash, the jet must be directed in such a way that
it does not damage electric cables, electric sensors, hydraulic hoses or
decals.
Lifting chains, piston rods and end pieces of hydraulic cylinders, ball and
roller bearings – including those that are fully enclosed – must not be
exposed to the jet, as there is a risk that water may penetrate and cause
corrosion.
After performing a high-pressure wash, all bearings and chains must be
lubricated/greased as specified in the maintenance instructions.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

7.2.3 Degreasing agents


When using degreasing agents, only environmentally-friendly cold
degreasing agents may be used, such as those that are designed for general
vehicle cleaning and do not damage paintwork, plastic components, cables,
hydraulic hoses or decals.

7.2.4 Cleaning the exterior


• Remove rubbish, etc. from the wheels daily
• Degreasing agents can be used as needed, in line with the previous
section.
• Rinse off loose grime using tepid water.
Note:
Seizing, corrosion.
Risk of damage to mechanical parts.
Once washed, the truck should be lubricated as set out in the maintenance
instructions.

7.2.5 Cleaning the chain


We recommend you to replace a chain that is very dirty.
Dirty chains should be cleaned before they are lubricated, e.g. by washing
with solvent such as diesel or petrol.
The chain should be blown dry using compressed air and lubricated directly
after cleaning.
Note:
Exercise care with degreasing agents as these can contain abrasives.

7.2.6 Cleaning the motor compartment


• Cover electric motors, connectors and valves prior to washing.
Note:
Risk of short circuiting.
Risk of damage to the electrical system.
Electrical components must never be cleaned using high-pressure washing
equipment.
• Clean the motor compartment using a well-known degreasing agent,
diluted to a suitable concentration
• Rinse off loose grime using tepid water.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

7.2.7 Electric components


• Clean electric motors using vacuum cleaner or a rag.
• Clean electric panels, logic cards, contactors, connectors, magnetic
valves, etc. with a rag moistened with water and a suitable detergent.
Note:
Risk of short circuiting.
Risk of damage to electrical components.
Do not break the warranty seals on the electronic circuit boards.

7.3 Maintenance schedule


Service maintenance should be performed in intervals of 750 operating hours
or every 12 months, whichever occurs first.
The order in the maintenance schedule is not optimal for the working order; it
is simply sorted according to the C codes.
For details on oil and grease specifications, see chapter 23.2

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expendi
ture
0000 Chassis a Inspect cover mountings. X 5:20
b Check signs and adhesive X minutes
labels. including
removal
c Check for cracks and damage. X of covers.
d Check the mast fixing bolts. X
e Check for cracks and damage X
to the motor fixing points.
f Secure the paper holder strap X
if necessary

d
Qmax XXXX kg b
a a

f b

d
b

M-PLATE

b A
B
b
c A
B
C D

C
D
E
E
F

*The M-label is only affixed on specially produced trucks.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expendi
ture
Support arms – a Check for cracks and damage. X 1:30
0350 b Inspect bushings and links for possible X minutes.
play1.
c Check for cracks and damage to the X
push rods.
d Check all shafts, links and spring pins. X
1. Only applies to trucks with support arm lift (S212L, S214L and S220D)

g
e
c
a
f
b

d d

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expendi
ture
0380 Fork carriage e Check for cracks and damage. X 1:30
– f Check the rollers for looseness. X minutes.

g Check the load support (Option). X


Inspect the fork stop screws (S212S) X
Check that the battery locks are X
attached and work properly, also check
the bracket on the battery tray.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expendi
ture
0560 Platform a Check for cracks and damage X 1:30
and mountings b Check the spring and that the X minutes.
platform returns to the upright
position from the lowered position

b
a

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h Time


/12m expenditure
1700 Drive a Check the drive motor's attachment. X 4:30 minutes
(excluding oil
motor b Clean the drive motor. X
change for drive
c Inspect for abnormal noise in the drive X gear)
motor bearings.
2550 Drive d Check for abnormal noise X
gear d Lubricate the steering bearing, lubricant (X1)
type G See section "11.5 Fitting
grease nipples, steering bearings
(Option)".
e Inspect the steering bearing for correct X
mounting and play.
f Change the drive gear oil X2
3180 Brakes g Inspect the brake disc for wear. X
Minimum brake disc thickness: 7.9mm,
h Check the air gap in the released position. X
0.4±0.3mm
Measuring must be done around the entire
pressure disc, both on the inside and the
outside.
i Clean the brake. X
1. Option! Does not need any lubrication when used normally. For trucks that are used intensively or in cold
storages, we recommend lubrication every 1500 hrs.
2. Note: The oil in the drive gear only needs to be replaced after 750 hrs. For trucks that are used intensively
or in cold storages, we recommend replacing the oil more often.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

g,h,i
c
b
a
e
d
f

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expen
diture
3500 Wheels a Inspect the drive wheel for wear. X 2
b Check the nuts. X minutes
c Inspect castor wheel wear.1 X
d Check for wear on support arm wheels X
e Check whether the castor wheels swivel X
freely
1. Not applicable for S212S

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

e d c b a

Wheels Standard Minimum


measurements, mm dimensions, mm
Drive wheel 30 15
Castor wheels1 10 5
Support arm wheels 11 5.5
1. Not applicable for S212S

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7– 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expen
diture
4110 Tiller arm a Check for proper attachment. X 1:45
b Inspect the operating console for correct X minutes
mounting.
c Check the mounting of the handle. X
d Check the force and locking of the gas X
spring.
The tiller arm should return to the top
position both from the bottom position
and from the lower position where the
brake is applied.
Check that the braking function is
activated in both upper and lower tiller
arm positions.

a
d

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expendi
ture
5000 Electrical a Inspect the contacts, wiring harness X 4:30
system (including the battery cables), cable minutes
insulation and that all cables can move
freely.
b Inspect the contactors for correct X
operation.
c Check error code log, operating times and X
all the segments on the display.
d Clean and check that there is no play X
between the steering box and the heat
dissipation plate.
e Check and tighten the cable connections. X
f Check all switches and sensors. X

c
a

a,e
b
d f
a,e
a,e

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expen
diture
6000 Hydraulic a Check wear on hoses and pipes. X 16
system b Check the oil level. X minutes
(Recommended window for the oil level
when forks are lowered according to
illustration)
c Check the mounting of the hydraulic unit. X
d Inspect the hydraulic system for possible X
leakage.
e Change the oil and clean the oil tank. X
Note: Initially after 750 h/12 m, then every
4500 h/36 m.
f Clean the oil strainer. X
Note: Initially after 750 h/12 m, then every
4500 h/36 m.
6600 Lift cylinder g Inspect the lifting cylinder for leakage. X
h Inspect the lifting cylinder for correct X
mounting
j Inspect the lifting cylinder (support arm lift) X
for leaks
k Inspect the cylinder (support arm lift) for X
correct mounting

g,h

j,k

a,c,d,e,f 20 mm

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck area Pos. Measure 750h/12m Time


expen
diture
7100 Mast a Check for any cracks or damage. X 16
b Check that there is no looseness in the X minutes
mast's mounting points.
c Check for play between the mast beam and X
the inner runner's rollers.
d Check the inner runner's side play. X
e Check for wear on the lifting chains and chain 500h
rollers. See section "16.3 Main lift chain
system 7120".
f Check the adjustment of the lifting chains. 500h
See section "16.3 Main lift chain system
7120".
g Lubricate the inside surfaces of beam flanges X

d g
c

e e

e
e
b
b

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Maintenance Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
7 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8. Troubleshooting
8.1 General
The troubleshooting section describes the error codes that are displayed
when the truck is partially or completely disabled. It also describes the cause
of the problem together with corrective remedies.
The electronic control system of the truck has built-in error code display and
logging. When an error occurs, the error code is shown on the display and
the error code LED flashes.
The first time an error code is displayed, try to restart the truck to check
whether the error condition remains.
If the error cannot be remedied through troubleshooting, contact the supplier
for more information.
Note:
The request "Restart the truck" means that the battery connector must be
disconnected before attempting to start the truck again.

Software compatibility
Ensure that the logic card ICH [A5], motor control ACT [T1] and battery
charger BCU [A30] have software from the same software package.
To ensure full functionality, the latest software package must be downloaded.

8.2 Towing a defective truck


The towed truck shall always have an operator who can steer and apply the
brake when towing using a tow-truck and tow-rope.
Always remove the load before towing or transporting the truck to the
specified repair site.
Tow or transport a defective truck as follows:
• Start the truck, move the tiller arm to the drive position and push the truck
by hand.
DANGER!
The truck can start to roll when the parking brake function is disabled.
Never leave the truck with the parking brake disconnected, chock the wheels
in a satisfactory manner.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Tow using a tow truck and tow wagon:

1. Lift the truck onto the tow wagon. See the instructions under Lifting a
truck.
2. Connect the truck to the wagon.
3. Drive with care.
4. Lift off the truck according to the instructions under Lifting a truck.

8.3 Emergency driving mode


If the truck for some reason stops operating and remains immobile in an
unsuitable place, it is possible to active the emergency travel mode to move
the truck out of the way (max. 1.3 km/h). In this mode, it is possible to lower
and lift the forks.

1. Make sure that the truck is switched off. Enter your PIN code.
2. Press and then release the horn button. “Info“ is shown on the display.
3. Turn the speed control several times until “Ed” is shown on the display.
4. Press and then release the horn button to select.
5. All lamps flash and “SLO” is shown on the display.
It is now possible to drive the truck, but exercise extreme caution. It is not
possible to brake suddenly by raising the steering unit.
If the truck is on an incline, be even more careful when using the emergency
travel mode. If you apply too much throttle, there is a risk the truck will roll
away. To stop the truck, turn the sped control in the opposite drive direction.
Note:
Some errors block emergency travel mode. You then cannot obtain
information on the error.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.4 Troubleshooting methods

8.4.1 General initial troubleshooting

Begin the
troubleshooting

Was an error code Follow the instructions in Eliminate improbable


displayed? the chapter errors
Troubleshooting
Yes

Are the symptoms Follow the instructions in Select and prioritize the
mentioned in the the troubleshooting most likely causes
troubleshooting chart? chart
Yes

No
What is the problem?
Collect as much
information as possible When the error is
about the problem localized, see the
Where at the place of instructions in the
work did the problem section for procedures
occur?

Identify all parts that may When did the problem


have caused the occur?
problem. Use the wiring
chart if needed
Which functions are
affected?

What conditions
triggered the problem?

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.4.2 Concluding troubleshooting

End the troubleshooting Drive the truck in the same


way it was driven when the
problem occurred. Verify
that the problem does not
occur again.

Make sure all wiring and


hoses are refitted in the
correct manner

Let the operator drive the


truck. Verify that the
problem does not occur
Make sure that parts again.
that have been emptied
of fluids are refilled to
the correct level

Sending feedback will add


If you previously contacted to the common knowledge
the department for database. This is important
technical support to discuss for the continued
Recreate the same improvement of the
the problem, we ask you to
conditions as when the support to the service
please get in touch again to
problem first occurred technicians in the field.
tell us how the problem
was resolved.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.5 Error code history


Up to 50 of the most recent error code events can be stored in a log along
with the hour meter reading when the error occurred. The error code log
displays error codes in chronological order starting with the most recent error
code.
Do as follows to display the error code log:
1. Make sure that the truck is switched off. Connect the CAN key or enter
the PIN code. Note: Do not press the ON switch.
2. Press and then release the horn button. “Info“ is shown on the display.
3. Press and then release the horn button to select the "Info" menu.
4. Turn the speed control several times until “E” is shown on the display.
The error code symbol lights up.
5. Press and then release the horn button to select.
6. The most recent error is then displayed. The display alternates between
the error code and the hour counter reading when the error occurred. If
the error code log contains more than one error code, the codes can be
displayed by repeatedly pressing the speed control.
7. Switch off the truck by pressing the OFF switch or return to the previous
menu by selecting "ESC".
The display of error code history is now complete.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.6 Error code system


See the tables below for an explanation of the error code system.
Structure Description
X.YZZ Example: 3.510
X (3) Group. Indicates which truck system is affected by the
error.
YZZ (510) Sequential number

Group. Description
1 Not used.
2 Main control unit A5 (ICH)
3 Drive system
4 Hydraulic system
5 Steering system
6 Not used.
7 Not used.
8 Option/auxiliary system
9 Not used.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.7 Error codes


Please note that some error codes are saved in the log and disappear from
the display, while other error codes remain on the display and require that the
truck be switched off and then on again for the error code to disappear.

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
Parameters set to 1: New software 1: Check parameters
default values. has been
• Check that factory parameters
At start-up, it was loaded in the
are set according to the truck
detected that one truck, adding a
or more configuration.
new
parameters were parameter, or • Check that other parameters
2:002 Not influenced
not within it has changed are set correctly.
acceptable
the parameter 2: Replace A5:
intervals; they have
limit values
therefore been
reset to default 2: Corrupt
values memory A5
1: Hardware (T1 1: Copy the truck configuration
or A5) has using TruckCom
been
• See the separate manual for
replaced.
Backup copies do TruckCom.
not match. 2: Software has
Backup copy in 2: Copy the truck configuration
been updated
2:004 secondary unit (T1) Not influenced using TruckCom
to an older
does not match version • See the separate manual for
data in primary unit TruckCom.
(A5) 3: Corrupt
memory T1 3: Replace T1
4: Corrupt 4: Replace A5
memory A5
Everything is • Create a truck report. Send a
stopped at once, report to the manufacturer.
Internal program the parking brake Internal program
2:005 • Update the truck software to the
error is activated, and error A5
the main latest version.
contactor opens

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Battery 1: Connect the battery connector.
connector
2: Check battery voltage
disconnected
from truck that • Check the voltage using the
is started built-in test procedure and
comparing with value from
2: Voltage loss
Saving to memory external volt meter
on supply to
failed. • Check connectors, joints and
A5
Saving to memory
splices for damage or corrosion.
failed because low 3: The battery is
2:006 Not influenced
battery voltage. defective • Check fuses F1 and F50
Battery voltage
below 15 V at the 4: Battery 3: Check the battery.
time of saving parameter 4: Check parameters
#107 has an
erroneous • Check that factory parameters
value are set according to the truck
configuration.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
• Create a truck report. Send a
Internal program Internal program report to the manufacturer.
2:007 Not influenced
error A5 error • Update the truck software to the
latest version.
• Create a truck report. Send a
Internal program Internal program report to the manufacturer.
2:008 Not influenced
error A5 error • Update the truck software to the
latest version.
• Create a truck report. Send a
Internal program Internal program report to the manufacturer.
2:009 Not influenced
error A5 error • Update the truck software to the
latest version.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
2: Loose resistance and connectors.
connections Disconnect the battery. Check
that the resistance between
3: CAN node
(X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
defective
ohms.
4: Software
• Check that the CAN wiring
failure
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
CAN 2: Check for loose connections
communication
warning. • Switch on the truck, and pull
2:010 Not influenced
A5 has received carefully in the branches of the
too may erroneous wiring harness to find any loose
signals connections, and note when/if
the error code appears.
3: Check the CAN node
• Deactivate and disconnect the
option unit connected to the
CAN wiring. Activate and then
connect them one by one to
identify which unit produces the
communication error.
4: Update the truck software
• Update the truck software
package to the latest available
version.
New software.
New software
installed. In order
New software Logged in the error log to see when
2:011 to look in the error Not influenced
installed the software was updated
code log to see
when new software
was installed.
1: Internal 1: Create a truck report. Send a
Creep speed, program error report to the manufacturer.
Internal program blocked lifting/
2:080 2: Manufacturing • Update the truck software to the
error lowering
movement defect in A5 latest version.
2: Replace A5:

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8– 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Check parameters
Configuration error. Creep speed, • Check that factory parameters
Truck configuration blocked lifting/ Incorrect value for are set according to the truck
2:102
does not match lowering parameter 1102 configuration.
parameter 1102 movement
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
Creep speed, • Create a truck report. Send a
Internal program blocked lifting/ Internal program report to the manufacturer.
2:180
error lowering error • Update the truck software to the
movement latest version.
1: High signal 1: Check the sensor signal
from both B62
• Check that the distance
and B65
between the sensor and the
2: Constantly opposite part is correct.
high signal at
• Check that there is no dirt or
inputs (T1:94)
foreign objects on the sensor
and (T1:87)
• Inspect cabling.
• Measure the signals from the
sensor with a volt meter and
Incorrect signal Creep speed, verify using TruckCom or the
combination from blocked lifting/ built-in test that the signal is
2:285
the support arm lowering correct
position sensor movement
2: Check the signal to the unit
• Compare the signals from the
sensor with the input signal (use
a volt meter and verify using
TruckCom or the built-in test
that the signals are the same)
• Check the pins on the unit and in
the connector
• Replace the unit if you cannot
get it to work properly

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: The battery is 1: Charge the battery.
discharged
2: Check battery voltage
2: Voltage loss
• Check the voltage using the
on supply to
built-in test procedure and
A5
comparing with value from
3: The battery is external volt meter
Everything is defective
• Check connectors, joints and
Low battery voltage stopped at once,
4: Battery splices for damage or corrosion.
below 16.8 Volts for the parking brake
2:501 parameter
more than 2 is activated, and • Check fuses F1 and F50
seconds the main #107 has an
contactor opens erroneous 3: Check the battery.
value 4: Check parameters
• Check that factory parameters
are set according to the truck
configuration.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
1: A5 is replaced 1: Copy the truck configuration
and/or using TruckCom
erroneous
• See the separate manual for
Everything is value for
TruckCom.
stopped at once, factory
Truck type not set
the parking brake parameters 2: Check parameters.
2:502 Parameter 1001 is
is activated, and
incorrectly set 2: Incorrect value • Check that factory parameters
the main
contactor opens for parameter are set according to the truck
1001 configuration.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
1: A5 is replaced 1: Copy the truck configuration
and/or using TruckCom
erroneous
• See the separate manual for
Wrong truck model Everything is value for
TruckCom.
set. stopped at once, factory
Parameter 1108 is the parking brake parameters 2: Check parameters.
2:503
wrongly set in is activated, and
combination with the main 2: Wrong value • Check that factory parameters
1001 contactor opens for parameter are set according to the truck
1108 and/or configuration.
1001 • Check that other parameters
are set correctly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connection
terms of wiring harness,
2: Loose resistance and connectors.
connections Disconnect the battery. Check
that the resistance between
3: CAN node
(X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
defective
ohms.
4: Software
• Check that the CAN wiring
failure
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
Everything is
stopped at once, 2: Check for loose connections
A5 has received
the parking brake
2:511 too may erroneous • Switch on the truck, and pull
is activated, and
signals carefully in the branches of the
the main
contactor opens wiring harness to find any loose
connections, and note when/if
the error code appears.
3: Check the CAN node
• Deactivate and disconnect the
option unit connected to the
CAN wiring. Activate and then
connect them one by one to
identify which unit produces the
communication error.
4: Update the truck software
• Update the truck software to the
latest version.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connection
terms of wiring harness,
2: Wrong setting resistance and connectors.
for parameter Disconnect the battery. Check
102 that the resistance between
(X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
3: No connection
ohms.
with K110
• Check that the CAN wiring
4: Loose
harness is not pinched.
connections
Measure resistance between
5: Software the chassis and CAN connector.
failure Limit value >24 kOhm
2: Check parameters.
• Check that factory parameters
are set according to the truck
configuration.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
Everything is
No return signal 3: Check K110 (DHU/TWIS)
stopped at once,
from K110 (DHU/
the parking brake
2:515 TWIS) within 0.6 • Check that the DHU's green
is activated, and
seconds after LED is lit. If the LED is not lit:
the main
logging on Check the DHU's feed voltage =
contactor opens
battery voltage
• Make sure it is possible to
connect TruckCom to the DHU.
If it is possible to connect them,
check the DHU's configuration.
If there is a power supply but no
communication, check the CAN
bus. If it still not possible to
communicate with the DHU,
replace the unit.
4: Check for loose connections
• Switch on the truck, and pull
carefully in the branches of the
wiring harness to find any loose
connections, and note when/if
the error code appears.
5: Update the truck software
• Update the truck software to the
latest version.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
A5 has an incorrect 1: Check whether contact X203
box address. Everything is is short circuited. If a jumper is
There is a jumper/ stopped at once, fitted, remove it.
short circuit in the parking brake Box address error on
2:516 2: Replace A5
contact X203 is activated, and A5
between pin 1 and the main
0 V internally on contactor opens
the A5 card.
1: New software 1: Check parameters
has been
• Check that factory parameters
loaded in the
are set according to the truck
truck, adding a
configuration.
new
parameter, or • Check that other parameters
it has changed are set correctly.
the parameter 2: Replace A5
limit values
3: Set new checksum
2: Corrupt
memory circuit • If the problem with the check
sum occurs directly in
3: Checksum connection with the software
Everything is
The checksum of error update, proceed as follows:
stopped at once,
the parameter
the parking brake
2:520 values does not • Change the value of one
is activated, and
match the
the main
parameter in each category,
parameter values. operator parameters, service
contactor opens
parameters and calibration
parameters.
• Save the changes and restart
the truck.
• Reset the values you changed
in the previous step back to their
original values.
• Restart the truck.
• The program will have
performed a new checksum
calculation.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Check the Hall sensors
• Check with TruckCom or the
Incorrect power
Plug braking to built-in test that the Hall sensors
supply to the Hall
stop, then the work the way they should.
sensors. Incorrect power
parking brake is
2:522 High (or low) signal supply to the Hall • A Hall sensor that is being
activated and the
from all Hall sensors. influenced should give a low
main contactor
sensors A5:S300-
opens signal.
S318
• Replace A5 if the Hall sensors
have an error function.
Everything is • Corrupt 1: Replace A5
Internal memory
stopped at once, memory circuit
(FRAM or RAM) is
the parking brake
2:523 faulty Reading from
is activated, and
or writing to
the main
memory failed
contactor opens
1: Check the Hall sensors
• Check with TruckCom or the
Plug braking to built-in test for the Hall sensors
The Hall element
stop, then the
for the speed that they work the way they
main contactor
2:580 control gives a A5 defective should. A Hall sensor that is
opens and the
signal (active low) being influenced should give a
parking brake is
when it should not low signal.
activated
• Replace A5 if the Hall sensors
have an error function.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 15 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Control 1: Let go of the control, and wait
manipulated. for four seconds
2: The speed 2: Check the speed control
control does
• Check the spring function
not spring
back to neutral • Check that the speed control is
The speed control position. not seized
was not in the
neutral position at 3: A5 defective • Check that the plastic cover
start-up The truck cannot where the spring is attached is
3:001 One or more Hall be driven, other intact.
elements for the functions OK 3: Check the Hall sensors
speed control give
an active signal at • Check with TruckCom or the
start built-in test for the Hall sensors
that they work the way they
should. A Hall sensor that is
being influenced should give a
low signal.
• Replace A5 if the Hall sensors
have an error function.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 16 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Cooling is 1: Check the cooling
reduced or the
• Check the cooling flanges of the
temperature
transistor regulator, motor and
sensor is
steering motor as well as the
defective.
battery charger and fans and
filters for accumulations of dirt
and dust. Too much dust and dirt
cause the cooling not to work
properly.
• Check that the fans work when
the speed control is activated
(fans behind T1 and motor fan)
The motor control The motor control
3:002 unit temperature is limiting the • Check that the fan on charger
exceeds +85°C. voltage T14 works when the charging
starts, i.e. when the mains cable
is connected
• Check the signal from the
temperature sensors for T1 and
T13 and from B1 using the
integrated test or TruckCom.
Determine if the temperature
signals are plausible relative to
the real temperatures of the
components. If not, replace
T1,T13 or replace B1 with a
repair kit.
Incorrect power 1: Internal error 1: Restart the truck.
saving function in in T1
3:040 Not influenced 2: If the error persists, replace
the standby
the motor control T1.
mode.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 17 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Cooling is 1: Check the cooling
reduced or the
• Check the cooling flanges of the
temperature
transistor regulator, motor and
sensor is
steering motor as well as the
defective.
battery charger and fans and
filters for accumulations of dirt
and dust. Too much dust and dirt
cause the cooling not to work
properly.
• Check that the fans work when
The temperature the speed control is activated
sensor in the motor (fans behind T1 and motor fan)
The motor control
control power stage
3:080 is limiting the • Check that the fan on charger
is outside the limit
values. Above
voltage. T14 works when the charging
130°C starts, i.e. when the mains cable
is connected
• Check the signal from the
temperature sensors for T1 and
T13 and from B1 using the
integrated test or TruckCom.
Determine if the temperature
signals are plausible relative to
the real temperatures of the
components. If not, replace
T1,T13 or replace B1 with a
repair kit.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 18 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Cooling is 1: Check the cooling
reduced or the
• Check the cooling flanges of the
temperature
transistor regulator, motor and
sensor is
steering motor as well as the
defective.
battery charger and fans and
filters for accumulations of dirt
and dust. Too much dust and dirt
cause the cooling not to work
properly.
• Check that the fans work when
the speed control is activated
The motor (fans behind T1 and motor fan)
temperature sensor Creep speed and
3:081 is outside of limit motor control • Check that the fan on charger
values. Above limits the voltage. T14 works when the charging
210°C. starts, i.e. when the mains cable
is connected
• Check the signal from the
temperature sensors for T1 and
T13 and from B1 using the
integrated test or TruckCom.
Determine if the temperature
signals are plausible relative to
the real temperatures of the
components. If not, replace
T1,T13 or replace B1 with a
repair kit.
Creep speed, 1: Internal 1: Create a truck report. Send a
Motor control program error report to the manufacturer.
blocked lifting/
3:100 warning. Unknown
lowering 2: Software 2: Update the truck software to
warning
movement failure the latest version.
1: The motor 1: Restart the truck.
Creep speed, control is
2: If the error persists, replace
blocked lifting/ using pre-set
3:101 Internal error in T1 the motor control T1.
lowering power
movement amplification.
Internal error
Creep speed, 1: Update the truck software to
Incorrect checksum
blocked lifting/ the latest version.
3:120 for the motor Motor control corrupt
lowering
control parameters 2: Replace T1
movement

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 19 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Restart the truck.

Creep speed, 2: Update the truck software


The motor control
blocked lifting/ • Update the truck entire software
3:121 T1 cannot use Internal error in T1
lowering package to the latest available
internal memory.
movement version.
3: If the error persists, replace T1
1: Check for overcurrent or short
circuit:
• Check the ohms and the
Hardware amperes of the component,
protection in T1 compare them to the setpoint
detects a short values if they outside the
circuit in the output
accepted range.
for the horn. The High power
3:140 current through the Not influenced consumption or • Check the connections and
horn is above the short circuit wiring harness for short-circuit.
valid limit value.
Maximum value = • Check that the component does
500mA, continuous not seize or is jammed.
value = 300mA • If points 1-3 are OK, it indicates
that the output stage is short
circuited - Replace the power-
supplying component

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 20 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connection
terms of wiring harness,
2: Incorrect value resistance and connectors.
for parameter Disconnect the battery. Check
1001 that the resistance between
(X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
3: No power
ohms.
supply
• Check that the CAN wiring
4: Wrong kind of
harness is not pinched.
motor control
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm

3:303
Motor control start- The truck cannot 2: Check parameters.
up failed be started
• Check that factory parameters
are set according to the truck
configuration.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
3: Check wiring after the break.
• Disconnect the battery
• Using instruments, check that
there is no break in any wire.
• Measure and check the voltage
for the activated functions
4: Replace T1
Everything is 1: Replace T1
stopped at once,
the parking brake Defective motor
3:500 Internal error in T1
is activated, and control
the main
contactor opens
1: Check:
Everything is
stopped at once, • T1
Defective motor the parking brake Defective motor • Factory parameter 1001 (Truck
3:501
controller is activated, and control type).
the main
contactor opens 2: If the error persists, replace
T1.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 21 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
Everything is 1: Replace T1
stopped at once,
Error in T1 when the parking brake Defective motor
3:502
saving parameters is activated, and control
the main
contactor opens
Everything is 1: Update the truck software
stopped at once,
Unknown error in the parking brake No software • Update the truck entire software
3:505 package to the latest available
T1 is activated, and compatibility
the main version.
contactor opens
Everything is 1: Replace T1
stopped at once,
the parking brake Defective motor
3:507 Internal error in T1
is activated, and control
the main
contactor opens
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connection
terms of wiring harness,
2: CAN module resistance and connectors.
Everything is
in A5 defective Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN that the resistance between
stopped at once,
communication (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
the parking brake
3:511 problem between ohms.
is activated, and
T1 and A5, A5 gets
the main • Check that the CAN wiring
no signals from T1
contactor opens
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
2: Replace A5
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connection
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
Everything is Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN
stopped at once,
communication that the resistance between
the parking brake
3:512 problem between (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
is activated, and
A5 and T1, T1 gets ohms.
the main
no signals from A5
contactor opens • Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 22 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connection
terms of wiring harness,
2: CAN module resistance and connectors.
Everything is
in A5 defective Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN stopped at once, that the resistance between
communication the parking brake (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
3:514 ohms.
problem, A5 cannot is activated, and
send to T1 the main • Check that the CAN wiring
contactor opens
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
2: Replace A5
1: Short circuit in 1: Check the motor
motor
• Disconnect motor wiring
2: Short circuit in including sensor wires.
motor wiring
• Insulation test. Check that the
harness
coils are not electrically
3: Short circuit in connected to the chassis.
power stage Replace M1 if the motor is not
isolated
2: Check the motor wiring
Everything is harness
stopped at once, • Visual check of the motor wiring
The motor control
the parking brake
3:515 has detected low harness. Check that there is no
is activated, and
motor voltage. contact between the pole
the main
contactor opens connections on the motor/motor
control. Search for contact and
damaged insulation on the
wiring harness.
• Disconnect the motor wiring
harness at the motor control and
the motor and measure the
ohms of the wiring harness
between the phases and verify
that there is no contact.
3: Replace T1

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 23 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Short circuit in 1: Check the motor
motor
• Disconnect motor wiring
2: Short circuit in including sensor wires.
motor wiring
• Insulation test. Check that the
harness
coils are not electrically
3: Short circuit in connected to the chassis.
power stage Replace M1 if the motor is not
isolated
2: Check the motor wiring
Everything is harness
stopped at once, • Visual check of the motor wiring
The motor control
the parking brake
3:521 has detected high harness. Check that there is no
is activated, and
motor voltage. contact between the pole
the main
contactor opens connections on the motor/motor
control. Search for contact and
damaged insulation on the
wiring harness.
• Disconnect the motor wiring
harness at the motor control and
the motor and measure the
ohms of the wiring harness
between the phases and verify
that there is no contact.
3: Replace T1
Everything is 1: Software 1: Update the truck software to
stopped at once, failure the latest version.
the parking brake
3:526 Internal error in T1 2: Defective 2: Replace T1
is activated, and
the main motor control
contactor opens
Everything is 1: Software 1: Update the truck software to
stopped at once, failure the latest version.
the parking brake
3:529 Internal error in T1 2: Defective 2: Replace T1
is activated, and
the main motor control
contactor opens
Everything is 1: Software 1: Update the truck software to
stopped at once, failure the latest version.
the parking brake
3:530 Internal error in T1 2: Defective 2: Replace T1
is activated, and
the main motor control
contactor opens

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 24 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
Everything is 1: Software 1: Update the truck software to
stopped at once, failure the latest version.
the parking brake
3:531 Internal error in T1 2: Defective 2: Replace T1
is activated, and
the main motor control
contactor opens
Everything is • The motor • Replace T1
stopped at once, control has
the parking brake detected an
3:532 Internal error in T1
is activated, and internal problem
the main in the AD
contactor opens converter.
• The charging 1: Check:
voltage for the
• connections and wiring harness
motor control
Everything is • Wire 20
The charging capacitor
stopped at once,
voltage for the
the parking brake
indicates • The connection point (T1:84)
3:533 motor control abnormal
capacitor indicates
is activated, and must be 24 V
the main values.
abnormal values. • Motor controller
contactor opens
• Pump contactor
2: If the error persists, replace T1
Everything is • Incorrect 1: Update the truck software
stopped at once, checksum for
Incorrect checksum • Update the truck entire software
the parking brake the motor
3:535 for the motor package to the latest available
is activated, and control
control parameters. version.
the main parameters.
contactor opens
Everything is • Multi-direction • What to do?
stopped at once, command
the parking brake issued by
3:537 Internal error in A5
is activated, and handle.
the main
contactor opens

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 25 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: The battery is 1: Charge the battery.
discharged
2: Check the voltages in T1
2: Voltage loss
• Check fuses F50 and F1
on power
supply to T1 • Check the voltage using a volt
meter (Measuring point F50 - B-
3: The battery is
) and compare with the
defective
TruckCom value “Battery
4: Battery Voltage” (Node:ACT, Analogue
parameter # I/O) (Limit values?) (TBD)
107 has an
• Check the voltage using a volt
erroneous
meter (Measuring point F1 - B-)
value
and compare with the
TruckCom value “Battery
Voltage” (Node:ACT, Analogue
Everything is I/O) (Limit values?) If the
The motor control
stopped at once,
detects that the contactor is open, there is
the parking brake
3:539 battery voltage is
is activated, and
several volts of difference --
between 18 V and normal. If the contactor is
the main
28.8 V. closed, voltage should match
contactor opens
the point across ±XX
• Check the connectors, joints
and splices
• Check that any extra equipment
is connected in accordance with
our recommendation.
3: Check the battery.
4: Check parameters
• Check that factory parameters
are set according to the truck
configuration.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 26 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Short circuit in 1: Check the motor
motor
• Disconnect motor wiring
2: Short circuit in including sensor wires.
motor wiring
• Insulation test. Check that the
harness
coils are not electrically
3: Short circuit in connected to the chassis.
power stage Replace M1 if the motor is not
isolated
2: Check the motor wiring
Hardware in T1 harness
Everything is
detects a short
stopped at once, • Visual check of the motor wiring
circuit in the power
the parking brake
3:540 stage and a phase- harness. Check that there is no
is activated, and
to-phase short contact between the pole
the main
circuit, phase B- connections on the motor/motor
contactor opens
and phase B+ control. Search for contact and
damaged insulation on the
wiring harness.
• Disconnect the motor wiring
harness at the motor control and
the motor and measure the
ohms of the wiring harness
between the phases and verify
that there is no contact.
3: Replace T1
1: Check for overcurrent or short
circuit:
Hardware • Check the ohms and the
protection in T1 amperes of the component,
detects a short compare them to the setpoint
circuit in the output values if they outside the
Everything is
to the brake (Q1)
stopped at once, accepted range.
The current High power
the parking brake
3:545 through the brake consumption or • Check the connections and
is activated, and
exceeds the limit short circuit wiring harness for short-circuit.
the main
values. Maximum
contactor opens • Check that the component does
value = 5.95A,
continuous value = not seize or is jammed.
3A • If points 1-3 are OK, it indicates
that the output stage is short
circuited - Replace the power-
supplying component

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 27 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Check for overcurrent or short
circuit:
• Check the ohms and the
Hardware amperes of the component,
protection in T1 compare them to the setpoint
detects a short values if they outside the
Everything is
circuit or current
stopped at once, accepted range.
through the main High power
the parking brake
3:546 contactor (Q10) consumption or • Check the connections and
is activated, and
exceeds valid limit short circuit wiring harness for short-circuit.
the main
values. Maximum
contactor opens • Check that the component does
value = 2.5A,
continuous value = not seize or is jammed.
1.5A • If points 1-3 are OK, it indicates
that the output stage is short
circuited - Replace the power-
supplying component
1: Check components that are
supplied with power from the
High Side Out (Main contactor,
pump contactor (if powered
pallet truck), brake coil and
lowering valve).
• Check the ohms and the
amperes of the component,
1: Components compare them to the setpoint
are using too values if they outside the
Everything is much power or accepted range.
Hardware
stopped at once, wiring is short
protection in T1 • Check the connections and
the parking brake circuited.
3:547 detects a short wiring harness for short-circuit.
is activated, and
circuit in the output 2: No software
the main
“High Side driver” compatibility • Check that the component does
contactor opens
not seize or is jammed.
3: Short circuit in
power stage • If points 1-3 are OK, it indicates
that the output stage is short
circuited - Replace the power-
supplying component
2: Update the truck software
• Update the truck software to the
latest version.
3: Replace T1

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 28 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Check for overcurrent or short
circuit:
• Check the ohms and the
Hardware amperes of the component,
protection in T1 compare them to the setpoint
detects a short values if they outside the
Everything is
circuit or current
stopped at once, accepted range.
through the main High power
the parking brake
3:548 contactor (Q10) consumption or • Check the connections and
is activated, and
exceeds valid limit short circuit wiring harness for short-circuit.
the main
values. Maximum
contactor opens • Check that the component does
value = 2.5A,
continuous value = not seize or is jammed.
1.5A • If points 1-3 are OK, it indicates
that the output stage is short
circuited - Replace the power-
supplying component
1: Short circuit in 1: Check the motor
motor
• Disconnect motor wiring
2: Low power including sensor wires.
consumption
• Insulation test. Check that the
or break
coils are not electrically
3: Short circuit in connected to the chassis.
power stage Replace M1 if the motor is not
isolated
2: Check wiring and component
after the break
Everything is • Disconnect the battery
The motor control stopped at once,
detects missing the parking brake • Visually check the wiring
3:549 harness
phases to the is activated, and
motor the main • Using instruments, check that
contactor opens
there is no break in any wire
• Check the Ohms and the
Amperes of the component,
compare them to the setpoint
values, and replace the unit if
they are outside the accepted
range.
• Reconnect the battery. Measure
and check the voltage for the
activated functions.
3: Replace T1

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 29 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Low power 1: Check wiring and component
consumption after the break
or break
• Disconnect the battery
• Visually check the wiring
harness
Everything is • Using instruments, check that
The amperage is
stopped at once, there is no break in any wire
below the limit
the parking brake
3:563 value 100mA on • Check the Ohms and the
is activated, and
the output to brake Amperes of the component,
the main
(Q1) compare them to the setpoint
contactor opens
values, and replace the unit if
they are outside the accepted
range.
• Reconnect the battery. Measure
and check the voltage for the
activated functions.
1: Low power 1: Check wiring and component
consumption after the break
or break
• Disconnect the battery
• Visually check the wiring
harness
Everything is • Using instruments, check that
The amperage is
stopped at once, there is no break in any wire
below the limit
the parking brake
3:564 value 100mA on • Check the Ohms and the
is activated, and
the output to main Amperes of the component,
the main
contactor (Q10) compare them to the setpoint
contactor opens
values, and replace the unit if
they are outside the accepted
range.
• Reconnect the battery. Measure
and check the voltage for the
activated functions.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 30 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Low power 1: Check wiring and component
consumption after a break (main contactor,
or break lowering valve, brake, pump
contactor)
2: Short circuit in
power stage • Disconnect the battery
• Visually check the wiring
harness
Everything is • Using instruments, check that
The transistor
stopped at once,
regulator's output there is no break in any wire
the parking brake
3:582 for power supply
is activated, and • Check the Ohms and the
has the wrong
the main Amperes of the component,
voltage level.
contactor opens compare them to the setpoint
values, and replace the unit if
they are outside the accepted
range.
• Reconnect the battery. Measure
and check the voltage for the
activated functions.
2: Replace T1
Everything is 1: Defective 1: Defective RPM sensor
Internal transistor stopped at once, RPM sensor
• Check cables and connectors
regulator voltage the parking brake 2: Defective after interruption
3:583
supply has not is activated, and motor control
been switched on. the main • Replace the speed sensor
contactor opens
2: Replace T1

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 31 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Broken wiring 1: Check wiring after the break.
2: Defective • Disconnect the battery
component
• Using instruments, check that
3: Change in there is no break in any wire.
surface friction
• Measure and check the voltage
combined with
with the functions activated
slippage
The drive is 2: Check the rotational speed
The change
stopped sensor
3:590 exceeds 1000 rpm
immediately with
in 20 ms • Disconnect the B11. Check that
the parking brake
there are no metal fragments on
B11 sensor points.
• Check that the toothed wheel on
the motor axle is clean, intact
and properly mounted.
3: Drive carefully if there is a risk
of slipping
Internal electrical The drive is 1: Defective 1: Replace T1
fault. stopped motor control
3:592
Sensor offset is too immediately with
high the parking brake

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 32 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Intensive use 1: Intensive use of the truck. Let
of the truck the truck cool down.
2: Cooling is 2: Check the cooling
reduced or the
• Check the cooling flanges of the
temperature
transistor regulator, motor and
sensor is
steering motor as well as the
defective.
battery charger and fans and
filters for accumulations of dirt
and dust. Too much dust and dirt
cause the cooling not to work
properly.
• Check that the fans work when
The drive is the speed control is activated
The motor
stopped (fans behind T1 and motor fan)
3:597 temperature
immediately with
exceeds +180°C. • Check that the fan on charger
the parking brake
T14 works when the charging
starts, i.e. when the mains cable
is connected
• Check the signal from the
temperature sensors for T1 and
T13 and from B1 using the
integrated test or TruckCom.
Determine if the temperature
signals are plausible relative to
the real temperatures of the
components. If not, replace
T1,T13 or replace B1 with a
repair kit.
Lifting/lowering 1: Control 1: Let go of the control, and wait
control is not in manipulated for four seconds
neutral position at
Blocked lifting/ 2: Check
start-up. Lifting is
4:001 lowering
prevented until the • wiring in the handle
movement
lifting/lowering
controller is back in • the potentiometer. If defective,
the neutral position. replace the potentiometer.
1: Control 1: Let go of the control, and wait
Signal from the manipulated for four seconds
Creep speed,
sensilift 2: Check
blocked lifting/
4:101 potentiometer
lowering • wiring in the handle
detects abnormal
movement
values. • the potentiometer. If defective,
replace the potentiometer.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 33 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Incorrect value 1: Check parameters
for parameter
Signal from the • Check that factory parameters
sensilift 1102
Creep speed, are set according to the truck
potentiometer 2: Error in configuration.
blocked lifting/
4:102 detected even hydraulic
lowering • Check that other parameters
though parameter controls
movement are set correctly.
1102 does not have
the value 4.
2: Replacement of the hydraulic
control.
Pump motor 1: Defective • Replace T1
Creep speed,
current feedback power supply
blocked lifting/
4:125 remains zero when to the motor
lowering
the pump motor control.
movement
operates.
Excessive pump 1: Defective • Replace T1
Creep speed,
motor current power supply
blocked lifting/
4:126 feedback at start- to the motor
lowering
up and in the control.
movement
standby mode.
1: Wire break 1: Check wiring after the break.
between T1
• Disconnect the battery
and the pump
motor • Using instruments, check that
there is no break in any wire.
2: The pump
motor • Measure and check the voltage
with the functions activated
Pump motor The main
4:521 2: Check the pump motor
voltage too low. contactor opens
• Disconnect motor wiring
including sensor wires.
• Insulation test. Check that the
coils are not electrically
connected to the chassis.
Replace if the motor is not
isolated

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 34 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Wire break 1: Check wiring after the break.
between T1
• Disconnect the battery
and the pump
motor • Using instruments, check that
there is no break in any wire.
2: The pump
motor • Measure and check the voltage
with the functions activated
Pump motor The main
4:522 2: Check the pump motor
voltage too high. contactor opens
• Disconnect motor wiring
including sensor wires.
• Insulation test. Check that the
coils are not electrically
connected to the chassis.
Replace if the motor is not
isolated
The transistor 1: The transistor 1: Inspect the connections and
regulator output regulator wiring harness.
to the lowering Everything is output to the
stopped at once, • Disconnect the lowering valve
valve has short- lowering valve
the parking brake and try restarting the truck.
4:540 circuited. has short-
is activated, and circuited. 2: If the error remains, replace
the main the lowering valve of the T1
contactor opens 2: Internal short-
circuit in the
motor control.
1: Broken wiring 1: Check wiring after the break.
The transistor Everything is
stopped at once, • Disconnect the battery
regulator output
the parking brake • Using instruments, check that
4:541 to the lowering
is activated, and there is no break in any wire.
valve has short- the main
circuited with B-. contactor opens • Measure and check the voltage
with the functions activated
1: Broken wiring 1: Check wiring after the break.
2: Lowering • Disconnect the battery
Everything is valve
The transistor stopped at once, • Using instruments, check that
regulator output to the parking brake there is no break in any wire.
4:560
the lowering valve is activated, and
is open. the main
• Measure and check the voltage
contactor opens with the functions activated
2: Check the lowering valve
solenoid

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 35 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Collision 1: Resetting truck after collision
Collision sensor
has registered 2: Parameters 2: Check parameters
collision levels 105 and 106
• Check that factory parameters
8:001 outside set limit Creep speed set too low.
are set according to the truck
values as defined configuration.
by parameters 105
and 106. • Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
The truck was 1: 1:
intentionally taken
8:002 Creep speed
out of service via
I_site
1: Option 1: Check parameters
argument
Argument error in Not influenced. • Check that factory parameters
error,
option. Invalid The alarming are set according to the truck
8:003 parameters
configuration in one option does not configuration.
or more options. work. 1003 - 1042
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
1: Option button 1: Check your option buttons
pressed
Not influenced. • Check the function of the option
during start-up
All option buttons buttons via the built-in test
One or more option are non- mode, Service Information
buttons on A5 is functional until mode 9 or TruckCom.
8:004
activated at start- the option button
up. that is influenced
• If there is still a signal from a
is not influenced seemingly uninfluenced button,
any more. the button must be checked for
jamming or unwanted
connection.
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
CAN Disconnect the battery. Check
communication that the resistance between
8:010 problem with the Not influenced (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
built-in charger T14 ohms.
at start-up
• Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 36 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
CAN Disconnect the battery. Check
communication that the resistance between
8:011 problem with the Not influenced (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
built-in charger ohms.
T14.
• Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
1: Battery not 1: Check the battery charger
connected to cables.
charger
• Disconnect the battery by
T14 detects no disconnecting the connector
battery, voltage and power cable from the
8:020 Not influenced
below valid level: charger.
6V
• Measure the ohms on red and
black wires from T14 to X1.
Replace the cables in case of
breakage.
T14 detects low 1: The battery is 1: Check the battery.
battery voltage defective
8:021 when charging. Not influenced
Voltage below valid
level: 19.8V
T14 detects high 1: The battery is 1: Check the battery.
battery voltage defective
8:022 when charging. Not influenced
Voltage above valid
level: 34.8V
1: Truck used in 1: Inform the client that the truck
cold should be stored in normal
T14 detects low
environments. ambient temperatures to avoid
8:023 temperature when Not influenced
charging.
unnecessary wear and tear of
the battery and other
components.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 37 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Cooling is 1: Check the cooling
reduced or the
• Check the cooling flanges of the
temperature
transistor regulator, motor and
sensor is
steering motor as well as the
defective.
battery charger and fans and
filters for accumulations of dirt
and dust. Too much dust and dirt
cause the cooling not to work
properly.
• Check that the fans work when
the speed control is activated
T14 has reduced (fans behind T1 and motor fan)
the charging
8:024 current to 0A Not influenced • Check that the fan on charger
because of high T14 works when the charging
temperature. starts, i.e. when the mains cable
is connected
• Check the signal from the
temperature sensors for T1 and
T13 and from B1 using the
integrated test or TruckCom.
Determine if the temperature
signals are plausible relative to
the real temperatures of the
components. If not, replace
T1,T13 or replace B1 with a
repair kit.
1: No software 1: Update the truck software
compatibility
Internal error in • Update the truck software to the
8:027 Not influenced
T14 2: Defective latest version.
component
2: Replace the T14
1: Battery 1: Check parameters
parameters
The main charging • Check that factory parameters
109 and 110
time is exceeded are set according to the truck
incorrectly set.
8:028 by 5-11 hours Not influenced configuration.
depending of 2: The battery is
• Check that other parameters
battery capacity. defective
are set correctly.
2: Check the battery.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 38 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Battery 1: Check parameters
parameters
• Check that factory parameters
109 and 110
Charged capacity are set according to the truck
incorrectly set.
8:029 exceeds battery Not influenced configuration.
capacity. 2: The battery is
• Check that other parameters
defective
are set correctly.
2: Check the battery.
1: Incorrect value 1: Check parameters
Communication for parameter
• Check that factory parameters
with charger T14 1101
are set according to the truck
8:030 exists, but factory Not influenced
parameter 1101 is
configuration.
not activated. • Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
1: No software 1: Update the truck software
Saving parameter compatibility
8:031 Not influenced • Update the truck software to the
in T14 failed.
latest version.
1: Battery 1: Check parameters
parameters
Wrong battery type • Check that factory parameters
109 and 110
selected via are set according to the truck
8:032 Not influenced incorrectly set.
parameters 109 configuration.
and 110.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
CAN Disconnect the battery. Check
Creep speed,
communication that the resistance between
blocked lifting/
8:033 problems between (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
lowering
BMS and BCU ohms.
movement
(A30)
• Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 39 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN Creep speed,
that the resistance between
communication blocked lifting/
8:110 (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
problems between lowering
A5 and A36/A37 movement ohms.
• Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN Creep speed,
that the resistance between
communication blocked lifting/
8:111 (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
problems between lowering
A5 and A36/A37 movement ohms.
• Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN
that the resistance between
communication
8:112 Not influenced (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
problems between
A5 and B90 ohms.
• Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 40 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Argument 1: Check parameters
error option
Argument error in Creep speed, • Check that factory parameters
option. Invalid blocked lifting/ are set according to the truck
8:123
configuration in one lowering configuration.
or more options. movement
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.
1: Error on CAN 1: Check the CAN bus
bus wiring or
• Check that CAN bus is intact in
connections
terms of wiring harness,
resistance and connectors.
Creep speed, Disconnect the battery. Check
CAN blocked lifting
that the resistance between
communication movement If
8:130 (X41:3) and (X41:4) is 54 - 66
error with li-ion CAN key
battery connected - ohms.
creep speed • Check that the CAN wiring
harness is not pinched.
Measure resistance between
the chassis and CAN connector.
Limit value >24 kOhm
Temperature in the Creep speed, 1: 1: Let the battery cool down
8:131 li-ion battery is too blocked lifting
high movement
1: Regenerative 1: No action.
braking with
2: Check battery voltage
fully-charged
battery. • Check the voltage using the
Creep speed, built-in test procedure and
Current in the li-ion 2:
8:132 blocked lifting comparing with value from
battery is too high
movement external volt meter
• Check connectors, joints and
splices for damage or corrosion.
• Check fuses F1 and F50
Li-ion battery Creep speed, 1: 1: Move the truck to a warmer
8:133 temperature below blocked lifting area
permitted level movement
Creep speed, 1: Defective 1: Contact the battery
Defective hardware
8:134 blocked lifting sensor in the manufacturer.
in the li-ion battery
movement module.
1: Communication 1: Contact the battery
Internal CAN Creep speed, problem manufacturer.
8:135 problem in the li-ion blocked lifting between
battery movement modules in the
battery.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 41 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: A module in 1: Restart the battery.
the battery has
Creep speed,
Overvoltage in the been switched
8:136 blocked lifting
li-ion battery off because its
movement
voltage is too
high.
1: Some battery 1: Overvoltage, undervoltage,
Battery cells Creep speed, functions are temperature too high,
8:137 deactivated by blocked lifting not working. temperature too low. Let the
internal monitoring movement battery rest and then restart
the battery.
1: Battery 1: Charge the battery
discharged
2: Check battery voltage
2: Voltage drop.
• Check the voltage using the
Creep speed, built-in test procedure and
Low battery voltage
8:138 blocked lifting comparing with value from
in the li-ion battery
movement external volt meter
• Check connectors, joints and
splices for damage or corrosion.
• Check fuses F1 and F50
1: Battery 1: Check parameters
parameter
• Check that factory parameters
Wrong battery type Creep speed, 1045 has
are set according to the truck
8:139 selected via blocked lifting incorrect
parameter 1045 movement
configuration.
setting.
• Check that other parameters
are set correctly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 42 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Intensive use 1: Intensive use of the truck. Let
of the truck the truck cool down.
2: Cooling is 2: Check the cooling
reduced or the
• Check the cooling flanges of the
temperature
transistor regulator, motor and
sensor is
steering motor as well as the
defective.
battery charger and fans and
filters for accumulations of dirt
and dust. Too much dust and dirt
The power stage in
cause the cooling not to work
T1 shows a high
properly.
temperature. The
temperature is The motor control • Check that the fans work when
above 85°C. The reduces the the speed control is activated
HOT motor temperature maximum (fans behind T1 and motor fan)
sensor detects a accelerating
high temperature. voltage linearly • Check that the fan on charger
The motor A30 works when the charging
temperature starts, i.e. when the mains cable
exceeds +145°C is connected
• Check the signal from the
temperature sensor for T1 and
from B1 using the built-in test or
TruckCom. Determine if the
temperature signals are
plausible relative to the real
temperatures of the
components. If not, replace T1
or replace B1 with a repair kit.
1: Emergency 1: Return the emergency stop to
stop activated the normal position and restart
the truck
2: Open
Everything is electrical 2: Check the circuit of the
stopped at once,
Emergency stop circuit emergency stop
the parking brake
ESO circuit open. Low
is activated, and • Check that the emergency stop
voltage on T1:83
the main is in the normal position
contactor opens
• Check fuse F51
• Check wiring and S21 after the
break
1: Time for 1: After service is complete, enter
S-0h Time for service Not influenced service a new or the same value in
parameter 101

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 43 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Truck
Code Description Error cause(s) Procedure
behaviour
1: Travel speed 1:
reduced
because of
Reduced travel Reduced speed activated
SLO
speed and acceleration Click-2-Creep,
turtle or
emergency
drive mode.
1: The forks
cannot be
lifted above
It is not possible to 1.8 m if the
lift the support arms support arms
Blocked lifting are raised,
StOP or the forks
movement
because of the 2: The support
interlock.
arms cannot
be raised if the
forks are >
1.8m

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 44 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.8 Troubleshooting chart


The following section describes the type of errors that can occur together with
a description of the cause.
Troubleshooting is divided into groups according to truck symptoms:
• The truck cannot be driven.
• The truck can be driven but only at reduced speed
• The truck can be driven but behaves abnormally
• Defective hydraulic functions.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 45 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.8.1 The truck cannot be driven.

Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause


Mechanical brake cannot Sensor [B60] • Sensor in wrong position or
be applied. disrupted by metal
• Defective sensor
Tiller arm handle always "On" in Damaged wiring harness or
travel mode incorrect plus/minus current
supply
Motor control, input [T1:95]. Motor control defective
Mechanical brake cannot Sensor [B60] • Sensor in wrong position or
be released. cannot be normally actuated
• Defective sensor
• Break in sensor wiring
harness.
Motor control, input [T1:95] Motor control defective
Motor control, output [T1:90]
Corrosion Brake has seized due to
corrosion
Truck cannot travel after Sensor [B60] • Sensor in wrong position and
start-up although tiller arm affected by metal
handle was in raised
• Defective sensor
position.
Tiller arm handle always "On" in Damaged wiring harness or
travel mode incorrect plus/minus current
supply
Motor control, input [T1:95]. Motor control defective.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 46 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.8.2 Truck only travels at reduced speed

Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause


Speed always reduced Click-2-Creep function Click-2-Creep function activated
Turtle function Turtle function activated
Operator parameter 6 - speed Operator parameter 6 has not
been set to the maximum value
Pulse transducer [B11] Defective or disconnected pulse
transducer [B11]
Motor cable connections • One of the phases U, V, W
has been disconnected
• Broken wiring
Mechanical brake • Partially applied brake
• Incorrect gap.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 47 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.8.3 The truck can be driven but behaves abnormally

Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause


Truck travels in wrong Motor cable connections Incorrect U, V, W connections
direction.
Acceleration always Operator parameter 4 Value setting low.
reduced
Reversing braking always Service parameter 201 Value setting low.
reduced.
Neutral braking always Operator parameter 5 Value setting low
reduced
The truck cannot be Parameter 102. The Red off key Parameter 102 has been
switched off. on the keypad does not work. incorrectly set for the log-in unit
installed in the truck.
Speed always reduced Pulse transducer [B11] Defective or disconnected pulse
transducer [B11]
Motor cable connections • One of the phases U, V, W
has been disconnected
• Broken wiring

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 48 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.8.4 The truck can be driven, but some functions do not work

Software compatibility
Ensure that the correct software for logic card [A5], motor control [T1] and
battery charger [A30] is installed on the truck. See section “8.1 General”.

Hardware compatibility matrix


Make sure the correct software for the logic card [A5] and motor control [T1]
are installed on the truck by referring to the matrix below.

Motor control ACT[T1] not Motor control ACT[T1]


replaced replaced

ICH OK Warning 2.004. Use TruckCom


logic card [A5] not to download new backup values.
Open TruckCom, and select
replaced
“Copy configuration to
secondary unit: ACT”

ICH Error code 2.101. Use TruckCom Replace one node at a time and
logic card [A5] replaced to upload new backup values. implement the corresponding
Select “Copy configuration to measure. See 17.2 and 16.5.2
primary unit: ICH”

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 49 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.8.5 Defective hydraulic functions

Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause/Remedy


The forks can be lowered but Low or no hydraulic pressure • Low oil level
not raised.
• Clogged suction filter
• Defective or incorrectly
adjusted pressure limiting
valve
• Defective hydraulic pump;
replace the hydraulic unit
Pump contactor [Q25] does not • Measure current and voltage
close through pump contactor
[Q25].
For more information, see the
table below: Pump contactor
[Q25] does not close:
• Pump contactor [Q25]
voltage/current normal
• No current or voltage through/
across the contactor coil
[Q25]
• Voltage across contactor coil
[Q25], but no current through
the coil.
Pump motor [M3] does not work • Hydraulic unit fuse [F1] has
blown; replace fuse.
For more information, see the
following table Pump motor
[M3] does not work:
• Measure current and voltage
through and across the pump
motor [M3].
• Pump motor [M3] voltage/
current normal
• No current or voltage through/
across the motor [M3]
• Voltage across the motor
[M3], but no current through
the motor
Height switch [B61] does not • Inspect the switch and its
work connections

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 50 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause/Remedy


Forks can be raised but not The proportional valve [Q4] for • Measure current and voltage
lowered. lowering the forks does not open through and across the valve
coil.
For more information, see the
table below Solenoid valve
[Q4] for lowering the forks
does not open:
• Solenoid valve voltage/
current normal
• No current or voltage through/
across the solenoid valve coil
• Voltage across solenoid valve
coil, but no current through
the coil.
Forks can neither be raised Defective fuse [F50] 7.5 A Replace the fuse
nor lowered
Logic card [A5] faulty Replace the logic card
Defective motor control [T1] Replace the motor control
Factory parameter 1023 Check the parameter value
settings

Cont'd. Pump contactor [Q25] does not close


Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause/Remedy
Pump contactor [Q25] Defective contact tongues Replace the pump contactor
voltage/current normal
No current or voltage Damaged wiring harness or Check the wiring harness for
through/across the contactor connections in the pump interruptions or short-circuits to
[Q25] coil contactor other electric components
Tiller arm Hall sensor for fork Replace the logic card [A5]
lifting defective
The motor control [T1], output Replace the motor control [T1]
107 “OUT.PUMP CONTACTOR”
defective
Motor control [T1], output 82 See the troubleshooting chart
“OUT. +24 V HIGH SIDE The truck cannot be driven
DRIVER” defective

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 51 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Cont'd. Pump contactor [Q25] does not close


Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause/Remedy
Voltage across contactor coil Interruption in the pump Replace the pump contactor
[Q25], but no current through contactor coil [Q25]
the coil.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 52 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Cont'd. Pump motor [M3] does not operate:


Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause/Remedy
Pump motor [M3] voltage/ Mechanical fault in the pump Replace the hydraulic unit
current normal
No current or voltage through/ Damaged wiring harness or Check the wiring harness for
across the motor [M3] connections in the pump interruptions or short-circuits to
motor [M3] other electric components
Voltage across the motor [M3], Open circuit in the pump Replace the hydraulic unit
but no current through the motor motor [M3]

Cont'd. The solenoid valve [Q4] for lowering the forks does not open:
Symptom Influencing elements Possible cause/Remedy
Solenoid valve [Q4] voltage/ Mechanical fault in the valve Replace the hydraulic unit
current normal [Q4]
Low or no current/voltage Damage to the solenoid valve Check the wiring harness for
through/across the solenoid [Q4] wiring harness or interruptions or short-circuits to
valve coil [Q4] connections other electric components
Tiller arm Hall sensor for fork Replace the logic card [A5]
lowering defective
The motor control [T1], output Replace the motor control [T1]
108 “OUT.LOWER VALVE”
defective
Motor control [T1], output 82 See the troubleshooting chart
“OUT. +24 V HIGH SIDE The truck cannot be driven
DRIVER” defective
Voltage across solenoid Break in the solenoid valve coil Replace the hydraulic unit
valve coil [Q4], but no current [Q4]
through the coil

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 53 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.9 Built-in test function


The truck has a service information mode that is a useful aid for
troubleshooting. To activate:
1. Connect the CAN service key to [X41] and log in.
2. The battery status symbol lights up.
3. Press the horn button [S18] repeatedly to select the desired mode in the
8 4 2 1 service information mode.
Note
All truck functions work as normal when the service information mode is
active. Care should be taken when operating the truck and reading the
display at the same time.

Data Flashing symbol Description Resolution Unit Standard value


- BDI 10 % 0-100
Depending on
battery type.
1 Battery voltage 0.1 V
Compare with the
real battery voltage
Battery voltage, the value
indicated in an
2 approximate value of 1 A 0-450A
motor and pump
voltages.
The set speed that is
signalled to ACT from
-12.5 - 12.5 km/h
ICH. Positive value in the
3 0.1 km/h (depending on truck
drive wheel direction.
type)
Negative value in the fork
direction.
Speed value from the
speed sensor. Positive -12.5 - 12.5 km/h
4 value in the drive wheel 0.1 km/h (depending on truck
direction. Negative value type)
in the fork direction.
Forks or support arms,
lifting or lowering
5 1 % 0-100%
command. 100% shown
for on/off checked signals

6 N/A

7 N/A

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 54 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Data Flashing symbol Description Resolution Unit Standard value

8 N/A

Digital I/0 for ICH and


ACT. See description in
9 - - -
“Test mode "9" –” on
page 56

10 TBD - - -

Maximum value for


collision sensor X and Y.
11 0.1 G 0 G - 10 G
“nonE” is shown if no
sensor exists.
SEU digital I/0. See
description in “Test mode
“12” – Expansion unit
12 - - -
SEU (option).” on
page 58 “nonE” is shown
if no SEU exists.

13 Steering angle 1 ° 0-90°

14 Drive motor temperature 1 °C ?

15 ACT temperature 1 °C ?

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 55 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.10 Digital input/output status

8.10.1 Test mode "9" –

In this mode, the digital inputs and outputs are tested by checking specific
segments on the display according to the following tables.
1
6 7 2

5 3
8
1 2 3 4 4
Position:
1. Digital input of ICH [A5]
2. Digital input/output of ICH [A5]
3. Transistor regulator inputs
4. Transistor regulator inputs
1 – 8: Reference to segment
Digit 1, ICH digital in Digit 2, ICH digital in/out
Segment Description Segment Description
1 1 Option button 6 1 1 Rear button up
2 Option button 5 2 Rear button down
6 7 2 3 Option button 4 6 7 2 3 Front button up
4 Option button 1 4 Front button down
5 Option button 2 5 Main contactor
5 3 6 Option button 3
5 3 6 Horn input
8 7 ICH address (node ID) 8 7 Brake output
4 8 -
4 8 Pump

Digit 3, ICH digital in Digit 4, ICH digital in


Segmen
Segment Description Description
t
Top position sensor not
1 1
active (B61) 1 1 Input 9

Steering arm active


2 2 Input 10
6 7 2 (B60) 6 7 2
Operator on platform
3 3 Input 11
(B119)
5 3 4 Input 4 5 3 4 Input 12
8 5 Input 5 8 5 Input 13
4 6 Platform up (B120) 4 6 Input 14
7 Gate up (121) 7 Motor encode, channel A
8 Gate down (B122) 8 Motor encode, channel B

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 56 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.10.2 Test function “10” – Logic card

Function Pos 1 Pos 2 Pos 3 Pos 4


- A * * * Not assigned
- B * * * Not assigned
- C * * * Not assigned
Front fork lift button [A5:S19] D * * * Lit: Button depressed
Front fork lowering button Lit: Button depressed
E * * *
[A5:S20]
Rear fork lift button [A5:S21] F * * * Lit: Button depressed
Rear fork lowering button Lit: Button depressed
G * * *
[A5:S22]
Sound signal control [S18] H * * * Lit: Button depressed
Outermost option button, right Lit: Button depressed
* A * *
side [S116]
Centre option button, right side Lit: Button depressed
* B * *
[S115]
Innermost option button, right Lit: Button depressed
* C * *
side [S114]
Outermost option button, left Lit: Button depressed
* D * *
side [S113]
Centre option button, left side Lit: Button depressed
* E * *
[S206]
Innermost option button, left Lit: Button depressed
* F * *
side [S111]
- ‘ G * * Not assigned
- * H * * Not assigned

A
F G B

E C
D H

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 57 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.10.3 Test mode “12” – Expansion unit SEU (option).

In this mode, the digital inputs and outputs are tested by checking specific
segments on the display according to the following tables.
1
6 7 2

5 3
8
1 2 3 4 4
Position:
1. SEU 0 inputs
2. SEU 0 outputs
3. SEU 1 inputs
4. SEU 1 outputs
1 – 8: Reference to segment

Digit 1, SEU 0 digital in Digit 2, SEU 0 digital out


Segment Description Segment Description
1 1 In 1 1 1 Out 1
2 In 2 2 Out 2
6 7 2 3 In 3 6 7 2 3 Out 3
4 In 4 4 Out 4
5 In 5 5
5 3 6 In 6
5 3 6
8 7 In 7 8 7
4 8 In 8
4 8

Digit 3, SEU 1 digital in Digit 4, SEU 1 digital out


Segment Description Segment Description
1 1 In 1 1 1 Out 1
2 In 2 2 Out 2
6 7 2 3 In 3 6 7 2 3 Out 3
4 In 4 4 Out 4
5 In 5 5
5 3 6 In 6
5 3 6
8 7 In 7 8 7
4 8 In 8
4 8

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 58 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.11 Built-in test function for the tiller arm


1: Make sure the battery is connected.
2: Check that the truck is switched off. Press the OFF switch.
3: Connect the CAN key or enter the PIN code. Note: Do not press the ON
switch.
4: Press and then release the horn button. “Info“ is shown on the display.
5: Press and release the horn button to select the "Info" menu.
6: Turn the speed control several times until “tESt” is shown on the display.
7: Press the horn button and release it to enter the test mode.
8: The first one you arrive at is the display test. Press on the button/function
you want to test to proceed. In this mode, the 2 LEDs on the keypad
flash.

8.11.1 Display test


The digital display [A6] can be tested to verify all the segments of the display
function correctly. A moving 8 tests all the segments of the display.

8.11.2 Speed control


The Hall elements are tested by moving the speed control all the way back
and forth. Follow these steps to test the Hall elements:
Move the rocker from the neutral position to begin the test. This is visualised
as number X Y when the rocker is moved in the fork direction and X-Y when
the rocker is moved in the drive wheel direction. X is the total number of Hall
elements that are affected by the magnet and Y is the number of existing Hall
elements. At full movement in both directions 9-9 or 9 9 is shown when all Hall
elements are OK.

8.11.3 Safety reversing


Press the button for safety reversing “Er 1” is shown in the display

8.11.4 Controls for lifting/lowering


Press a button for lifting/lowering in order to start the test. “L1”, “L2”, “L3” or
“L4” is shown in the display depending on which button has been pressed.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 59 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.11.5 Sensilift
Move the sensilift rocker switch from the neutral position to begin the test.
The analogue value from the sensilift potentiometer is shown in mV.

8.11.6 Keypad
Press a number to start testing the keypad. “b1” up to “b11” is shown in the
display depending on which button is pressed. The numbers 0-9 are shown
as “b0” to “b9”. The red button “b10” and the green button “b11”
9: Switch off the truck by pressing the OFF button or return to the previous
menu by pressing the horn button.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 60 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8.12 Checking the built-in battery charger


This checklist must be filled in and sent in together with the replaced charger.

Applies to the following part numbers:


7513327
7513328
7539122
7539123

The unit must not be opened under any circumstances.


• Connect the charger to mains voltage and ensure the battery connector is
connected.

Check Yes No
1 Are all of the charger's connectors properly
connected?
2 Does the fan blow air out of the charger? (it
should begin running at start-up)
3 Does battery voltage increase when the charger
is connected to mains voltage?
(Measure across the battery terminals)
4 Are the parameter settings for the battery set as
specified in the repair manual?
5 If any parameter setting was incorrect, does it ---------
have the correct setting now?
6 Is the correct software completely downloaded?
If not, follow the emergency downloading
instructions found in the TruckCom manual.

If you answered Yes to all of the questions, the charger is functioning properly
and does not require replacement.
If not, fill in the rest of the checklist on the next page.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 61 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Troubleshooting Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

This part of the checklist is intended to help us in our improvement


work.

Check Yes No
1 Is there any evidence of moisture on the inside
or outside?
(Investigate for interior moisture through the
perforated sides.)
2 Has the truck been used in an environment with
a temperature below 0° Celsius?
3 Has the truck been used outdoors?
4 Are there signs of mechanical damage?
5 Has the truck travelled over uneven floors or
loading ramps?
6 Are there any error codes? If yes, please specify.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
8 – 62 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Chassis 0000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

9. Chassis 0000
9.1 Support arm 0350

9.1.1 Support arm lift, lateral adjustment


a
b

1. Loosen the locking nut


2. Adjust the lateral guides using the adjustment screw (b). There are four
adjustment screws.
3. Adjust the lateral guides so that there is no play but so that the lowering
does not jam.
4. Lock the adjustment screws position with the locking nut.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
9– 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Chassis 0000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

9.1.2 Adjusting the kneeling action

The gap between the chassis pressure plate and the support arm link roller
must be between the minimum value of 0.4 and the maximum of 2.0.
1. Check the gap. A precondition for checking the gap is that the roller is fit-
ted and that they are in the lowered position.
2. Loosen the cylinder (a) if the gap is incorrect (6 mm Allen)
3. Place a suitable number of shims 7501642 under the cylinder (a).
4. Tighten the cylinder.
5. Check that the gap is correct.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
9– 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Chassis 0000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

9.2 Motor mounts 0450

9.2.1 Replacing springs (not applicable for S212S)


Proceed as follows to replace the springs that press the drive unit against the
ground:
1. Remove the covers and the battery door.
The top cover is secured with Velcro tape. Be careful when detaching the
cover. Use of a suitable tool is recommended.
2. Lift out the battery.
3. Disconnect the cables to the drive motor and the pump motor and also
the wiring harness.
4. Disconnect the cable duct.

5. Unfasten the battery connector and the battery cable bracket.


6. Install the threaded M16 bar. See section "Tools".

7. (1) Washer and nut on the top side. (2) Screw the shaft into the threaded
hole and tighten with the nut.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
9– 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Chassis 0000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8. Change the upper stop screws for M8 x 120, washers are not needed.
9. Remove and discard the screws to the upper bracket.
10. Remove the lower screws.
11. Compress the spring assembly using the threaded bar until the lips are
clear.

12. Unload the springs by prying up the bracket using the threaded bar.

Note:
Check that the bushings do not get stuck or become damaged during
reassembly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
9– 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Chassis 0000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

9.3 Removing the platform


1. Apply a load on the platform and loosen the upper dampening stop to-
gether with the spring cover plate.

2. Disassemble the platform from the truck by loosening the four bolts.
3. Put the platform on the floor behind the truck with the spring facing you
and placing the other edge under the truck's foot guard.

4. Loosen all 8 screws securing the bracket, which the spring clamp is push-
ing against.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
9– 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Chassis 0000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Note: Pay utmost attention when working with tensioned springs.


5. Relieve the spring using a crowbar or a large screwdriver and carefully
remove the bracket.
6. Pull out the axle and replace the part(s) that should be replaced.
7. Install in reverse order.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
9– 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10. Electric drive motor 1700


10.1 Overview

Pos. Description
a Speed sensor
b Connection, motor cables
c Motor: S212L/214/214L/220D 1.5kW
c Motor: S210/212/212S 1.0kW
e Temperature sensor

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.2 Removing the motor from the truck


1. Remove the covers.
The top cover is secured with Velcro tape. Be careful when detaching the
cover. Use of a suitable tool is recommended.
2. Cut off the cable ties of the cable duct on the transistor regulator side and
disconnect cable connections X5 and X65.

3. Loosen the operating console's mounting screws (a) and remove the op-
erating console and tiller arm.
4. Remove the brake's cable connection Q1.
5. Remove the speed sensor's cable connector B11.

6. Remove the temperature sensor B1


7. Disconnect the motor cables and unscrew the motor retaining screws.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

8. Lift out the motor from the truck.


9. If needed, remove the brake and the speed sensor.
Note:
Cover the drive gear to prevent loose items from falling into the drive gear
after the drive motor has been removed.
Install the motor in the reverse order.
See section "10.7 Drive motor tightening torques".
Note:
During installation, it is very important for the motor to be adjusted so that
the grooves in the motor and motor bracket face each other before the
retaining screws are tightened. See the illustration below.
Tighten the 4 drive motor mounting screws (a). The screws must be tightened
crosswise and in two stages. In other words, do not tighten to full torque
during the first stage. See section "10.7 Drive motor tightening torques".

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.3 Removing the toothed wheel


• Remove the motor from the truck. Page 10–2
Note: Place the motor on a working surface and make sure that it is secured
and cannot fall over.

1. Remove the circlip

2. Remove the brake hub

3. Remove the key

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4. Remove the toothed wheel


5. Reassemble in reverse order

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.4 Removing motor bearings


• Remove the toothed wheel Page 10–4

6. Remove the circlip from above

7. Carefully knock out the stator

8. Remove the circlip inside the motor

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

9. Knock out the bearing


10. Reassemble in reverse order

10.5 Removing the RPM sensor


• Remove the hood

1: Undo the screw and pull the RPM sensor straight out. Disconnect
connector B11.
2: Install in reverse order.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.6 Installing the temperature sensor


1. Cut off the wiring to the broken temperature sensor, and splice on the
new one
2. Position the new temperature sensor on the motor.
3. Carefully clean the area and make sure all surfaces are dry.
4. Apply plastic steel by pushing out a string that is half the length of the cur-
ing agent compared to the putty, then carefully mix the two (be careful not
to mix a larger amount than will be used in 5 minutes).
5. Apply a layer of plastic steel, at least 4 mm thick, and make sure the re-
paired surface has an overlap of at least 2 cm.
6. Secure the steel plastic with masking tape and allow it to cure.
7. Remove the masking tape.
The temperature sensor should now be completely covered by plastic
steel.
8. Following curing, it is recommended to apply another layer of plastic
steel.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.7 Drive motor tightening torques


The drive motor tightening torques are depicted in the figure below:

3.5Nm
T30

4,5 + 0,5 Nm
10 mm

10,5 + 1,5 Nm
T30

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electric drive motor 1700 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10.8 Cleaning
Keep the motor as clean as possible since this is a decisive factor for correct
operation. Regularly inspect the motor and motor compartment for build-up
of dust, oil and other contaminants.
Dirty and/or greasy components should be cleaned with a rag moistened with
solvent. Use a rag of lint-free cloth material. Do not use too much solvent as
it could penetrate into the motor parts.
After cleaning, dry the components thoroughly. The easiest way is by heating.
Note:
Windings and insulation must not be heated over 125°C and not for longer
than 6 hours.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
10 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11. Drive gear 2550


11.1 General
The drive gear is a two-stage angle gear that is integrated with the motor and
brake assembly in a complete drive unit. The drive gear is fitted to the chassis
with bolts. At the top edge of the gear, the steering bearing and a gear ring
for the steering motor (option) are fitted.
These service instructions cover descriptions of service performed on site at
the customer. A complete reconditioning of the drive gear must be performed
in the workshop by trained technicians.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.2 Overview

Description Value
Gear ratio 29.85
Oil quality 0.8 litres
Drive wheel Ø 230

a e

Pos. Description Notes


a Transmission housing
b Motor bearing and packing box
c Steering bearings
d Seal and cover ring
e Stud bolt M12x1.5

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.3 Removing the gear from the truck (not applicable for S212S)
1. Remove the covers.
The top cover is secured with Velcro tape. Be careful when detaching the
cover. Use of a suitable tool is recommended.
2. Cut off the cable ties of the cable duct on the transistor regulator side and
disconnect cable connections X5 and X65.
3. Unscrew the retaining screws of the steering console and remove the
steering console and the tiller arm.
4. Disassemble the speed sensor and disconnect the cable connections Q1
and B1.
5. Disconnect the motor cables and unscrew the motor retaining screws.

6. Lift out the motor from the truck.


7. Insert a 30 mm plug in the hole in the gear housing to prevent oil leakage
when the gear is removed from the truck.
8. Disconnect the cable duct.
9. Install the threaded M16 bar.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10. Lift the motor bracket using the threaded rod until the drive wheel is lifted
approx. 4 mm from the floor.

11. Unscrew the retaining screws of the gear box.


12. Lift carefully approx. 125 mm lay the gear down on the floor.
13. Lift a further 100 mm, a total of 225 mm and pull it out to the rear edge.

Steps 12, 13

Install in reverse order.


Please note the risk of crushing when installing the unit.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.4 Removing the drive gear from the truck (S212S)


1. Elevate the drive unit approx 190 mm.
2. Loosen the drive wheel.
3. Remove the covers.
The top cover is secured with Velcro tape. Be careful when detaching the
cover. Use of a suitable tool is recommended.
4. Cut off the cable ties of the cable duct on the transistor regulator side and
disconnect cable connections X5 and X60.
5. Unscrew the retaining screws of the steering console and remove the
steering console and the tiller arm.
6. Disassemble the speed sensor and disconnect the cable connections Q1
and B1.
7. Disconnect the motor cables and unscrew the motor retaining screws.
8. Lift out the motor from the truck.
9. Insert a plug in the hole in the gear housing to prevent oil leakage when
the gear is removed from the truck.
10. Unscrew the retaining screws of the gear box.
11. Put down the gear and pull it out to the rear edge.
Install in reverse order.
Put a wooden block under the gearbox to facilitate reassembly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.5 Fitting grease nipples, steering bearings (Option)

Step 1
Step 2

Step 3

1: Clean the surface, remove all dirt from the recess for the grease nipples.
2: Unscrew the stop screws
3: Screw in the grease nipples using an extension piece, 2 each

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.6 Lubrication the steering bearings (Option)

1: Turn the steering wheel to the end position.


2: Press in some grease, not so much that the seal lifts, check the seal at
the grease nipple position.
3: Turn the wheel about 15 degrees, press in some more grease, continue
to the other end position.
4: Do the same with the other grease nipple to lubricate the entire bearing.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.7 Checking and changing the oil

11.7.1 Draining oil

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 T=20 Nm

1: Undo and remove the oil plug on the lower part of the gear housing.
2: Drain all old oil into a suitable receptacle.
3: Clean away dirt and metal shavings from the oil plug before fitting.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.7.2 Checking/refilling oil

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

1: Remove the oil filler plug on the upper part of the gear housing.
2: Top up with oil up to the lower edge of the hole to reach the correct level.
3: Screw in the plug.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.8 Replacing the wheel hub seal

Removing the seal

1: Remove the cover ring using a screwdriver or similar.


2: Remove the seal using a screwdriver or similar.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Fitting the seal

Step 1 Step 2

1: Fit a new seal. Tap lightly to get it into the right position.
2: Fit a new cover ring. Tap it lightly into place.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Drive gear 2550 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

11.8.1 Replacing studs


The drive wheel is fixed to the hub with five studs, conical washers and nuts.

Loctite XXX

Step 1 Steps 2, 3 T=35 Nm

1: Remove the damaged studs.


– Use a stud tool to remove any studs with damaged threads.
– For broken studs, there are two methods:
Method 1: Drill a hole in the centre of the stud and remove it using a bolt
extractor.
Method 2: If the stud will not come loose with a bolt extractor, it will have
to be drilled out
– Drive a centre punch as close to the centre of the stud as possible
– Drill a pilot hole through the stud using a 5 mm bit
– Drill out the screw with a drill.
– Try to remove the stud remains using pliers, etc. If that does not work,
remove the remains by clearing the threads with a tap.

2: Apply Loctite® 270 to the stud thread.


3: Use the stud tool to fit the new stud and tighten to 35 Nm.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
11 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12. Brake system/Wheels C3000


12.1 Brake system - C3100

12.1.1 Description
The truck has three different types of brake:
• travel brake,
• parking brake,
• emergency brake.

Travel brake
• Regenerative motor braking using the drive motor.

Parking brake
The brake [Q1] is a single stage electromechanical spring-loaded brake that
is released when the magnetic coil is energised. This brake serves as a
parking brake and emergency brake.
The parking brake is activated/is active as follows:
• The parking brake is applied automatically when the truck stops during
operation. The brake is released when the truck moves off.
• The parking brake remains active after the main power has been switched
on.

Emergency brake
Emergency braking of the truck takes place in the event of a fault with the
steering system or a serious fault in the electrical system.
The parking brake on the drive motor is the main emergency brake.
Motor braking can operate during emergency braking provided there is a
supply voltage.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.2 Parking brake 3180


In normal work environments, the brake should not require any maintenance.
DANGER!
Risk of brake function being lost.
When work is done in the brake system, there is a risk of brake function being
partly or completely lost.
Only the actions described in this section may be carried out on the parking
brake.

12.2.1 Overview

d b

g
h

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Pos. no. Description


a Dust seal
b O-ring
c Dust seal
d Wiring harness
e Magnet housing
f Dust seal
g Friction disc
h Hub
i Pressure disc
j Mounting plate

12.2.2 Emergency release of the parking brake


Note:
An emergency release of the brakes should only be performed when the
truck needs to be moved in connection with work for service and repairs.

A
The brakes on the truck can be manually released by screwing two screws
(M5) into the holes (A). The screws should be 30-35 mm long.
Note:
Remember to remove the screws before operating the truck again.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.3 Removing the parking brake


DANGER!
Risk of brake function being lost.
When work is done in the brake system, there is a risk of brake function being
partly or completely lost.
• Truck switched off and the battery disconnected
• Motor compartment open

1. Remove the steering yoke from the truck together with the tiller arm (see
the repair manual). Note the position of the conduit entry so that refitting
is done correctly.

2: Remove the brake and the cable connector Q1.

3. Remove the brake unit from the truck. Note the position of the brake so
that refitting is done correctly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.4 Fitting the parking brake

Steps 1 and 2 Step 3


T=5Nm
1. Torque tighten the brake retaining screws to 5 Nm.
2. Fit the connector Q1.
3. Install the dust caps.

Step 4
T=23Nm
4. Fit the tiller arm and the steering yoke and tighten the mounting bolts to
23Nm
Make sure the wire grommet is mounted securely to the brake and placed
according to your notes.
• Connect the battery and close the motor compartment cover.
• Start the truck and check that the brake works correctly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.5 Checking the air gap


• Remove the parking brake

Steps 1, 2 and 3
Spacing=0.2 - 0.7mm

1: Place the parking brake on a workbench with the magnet housing facing
downwards.
2. Clean the brake using compressed air. Clean from the inside outwards.
3. If there are particles that cannot be cleared away with compressed air,
these may be carefully scraped away.
Measure the air gap between the magnet housing of the brake unit and
the movable pressure disc. Measuring must be done around the entire
pressure disc, both on the inside and the outside.
Note:
It is most important to maintain a clearance of 0.2-0.7mm all around the
brake. If the prescribed measurement cannot be maintained, the brake must
be replaced

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.6 Drive wheel 3530

12.6.1 Replacing the drive wheel


1. Raise the forks and lift the truck (approx. 100 mm).
2. Disassemble the drive wheel (A).
It is simplest to loosen the drive wheel between the forks. Angle the
wheel to the side in order to work more easily under the truck.
3. Put the new wheel in position (A) and tighten the nuts (B) 81 ±19 Nm.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.7 Castor wheels 3540

12.7.1 Overview
A

B
C

L M

K J

Pos. Description Pos. Description


A Circlip H Screw
B Washer I Spacer
C Screw J Spacer
D Bracket K Bearings
E Nut L Guard
F Bearings M Nut
G Circlip

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.7.2 Castor wheel mounting


11

12

13

14

15
21
20

19
18
17

16

Pos. Description Pos. Description


11 Nut 17 Screw
12 Control units 18 Washer
13 Spring 19 Bracket
14 Control units 20 Bushing
15 Cradle 21 Shims, max 1mm gap.
16 Screw Add as needed.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.7.3 Replacing the castor wheel


DANGER!
Risk of crushing since a poorly supported truck could fall down.
1. Secure the truck in a safe manner.
2. Disconnect the truck battery.

3. Unscrew the castor wheel.


4. Refit the castor wheel and its four fastening screws and washers.

5. Connect the battery.

6. Remove the support trestles.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.7.4 Disassembling the castor wheel cradle


1. Raise the forks.
2. Remove the inspection cover.
3. Loosen the spring fasteners.
4. Loosen the bracket for the castor wheel mounting.
5. Lift the drive unit so that the cradle is free.
Install in reverse order.

12.8 Spring replacement

12.8.1 Removing springs


1. Loosen the upper locking nuts.
2. Lift the drive unit so that the springs are released from the upper bracket.
3. Loosen the lower locking nut on the spring that is to be changed.
Note:
The spring is pre-tensioned, take care when loosening the lower locking nut.

12.8.2 Fitting the spring


1. Place a block under the spring bolt so that the spring screw is held in
place.
2. Fit the spring with the lower locking nut and washer.
Use a short sleeve in order to screw the lower locking nut tight whilst
pressing the spring together.
3. Screw down the lower locking nut so that the distance between the edge
of the washer and the top of the screw is 15 mm.
4. Make sure that the springs are sitting correctly in the upper fasteners
when the drive part is lowered.
5. Screw the upper locking nuts tightly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.9 Support arm wheel 3550

12.9.1 Overview

f
e

h
d
d i
g
Pos. Description
a Screw
b Bracket
c Bogie wheel
d Single wheel
e Shaft
f Circlip
g Nut
h Screw
i Bracket

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

14
13

1 e
e=156 mm

13 14

2 e
14
e=180 mm 25

Pos. Description
13 Shaft
14 Pin
25 Shaft

Pos. Description
1 P214/216
2 P218/220/225

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Brake system/Wheels C3000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

12.10 Climber wheels

12.10.1 Overview

C
D

G
H

K
I
J

Pos. Description Pos. Description


A Screw, K6S 8x12 G Wheel, assy
B Screw, MF6S 8x35 H Wheel bracket
C Sleeve I Shaft
D Climber wheels J Wheels
E Slide pad K Spring pin
F Lock nut M8

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
12 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13. Tiller arm 4000


13.1 Overview

T
B

E
S
D I
F J
R G
H K
Q
L

P M
N
O
V

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Pos. Description Pos. Description


A Tiller arm M Indicator sleeve
B Rubber buffer N Plate
C Cylindrical bolt O Yoke
D Gas strut P Cable clamp
E Circlip Q Screw
F Rubber buffer R Yoke
G Bushing S Screw
H Threaded insert T Cover
I Stop screw U Cover
J Holder V Cable clamp
K Safety sensor B60 W Cable clamp screw
L Shaft

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.2 Removing the tiller arm


1. Remove the inspection cover.
2. Remove the cover (T).
3. Unscrew the retaining screws of the yoke (R).
4. Detach the cable clamp (P) by pressing on the clamp with your thumbs
and lifting it upwards. Pull the cable clamp out through the hole in the
steering console.
Note:
Do not try to prise away the cable clamp with a screwdriver.
5. Cut off the cable ties of the cable duct on the transistor regulator side and
disconnect cable connections X5 and X65.
Install in reverse order.

13.3 Replacing an gas strut


1. Remove the cover (T).
2. Remove the cable clamp retaining screw (W)
3. Unscrew the adjusting screw (Q).
4. Remove the locking mechanism (E) from the gas strut lock shaft (C)
5. Detach the gas strut lock shaft (C).
6. Remove the gas strut.
Install in reverse order.
Note:
Pay attention during assembly and make sure no cables are pinched.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.4 Replacing the safety sensor

13.4.1 Removal
1. Remove the gas strut. See section “13.3 Replacing an gas strut”.
2. Unscrew the stop screw (I) of the shaft (L). See figure.
3. Turn the shaft (L) until the back of the indicator sleeve (M) becomes
accessible.
4. Loosen the indicator sleeve (L).
To prevent damage to the sleeve, pry the indicator sleeve loose from both
sides at the same time.
5. Tap out the shaft (L).
Note:
Make sure that the handle does not drop down and damage the cables.
6. Remove the cable clamp retaining screw (W).
7. Remove the sensor retaining screw (S).
8. Detach contact B60 from the sensor (K).
9. Remove the sensor.

13.4.2 Installation

1. Fit the sensor (K)


2. Attach connector B60 to the sensor.
3. Apply Loctite to the sensor retaining screw (S) or replace it. Fasten the
screw.
4. Fasten the cable clamp retaining screw (W).
Note:
The cable must be routed to the right of the sensor (K), towards the spring
pin.
5. Screw the stop screw (I) into the shaft (L). See figure.
6. Install the gas spring See section “13.3 Replacing an gas strut”.
7. Check for correct operation of the safety sensor.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5 Electric steering system – 4000

13.5.1 Tiller arm handle C4110

13.5.2 Overview

f i
j

a a

b
e k

c d

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Pos. Description
a Cover
b Plug
c Wiring harness
d Cover
e Toggle switch
f Horn button
g Button "lifting/lowering"
h Display
i Horn button
j Switch "horn"
k Display
l Electronic card “A5”
m Stomach button
n Speed control

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.3 Replacing the keypad C9420


Removing the keypad

Detach the keypad and disconnect it from the logic card


Installing a keypad

Connect the keypad and screw it in position

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.4 Replacing the upper cover C4110

Removing the upper cover

Step 1 Step 2

• Remove the keypad. Page 13–7


1: Remove the screws holding the upper cover and keep hold of the upper
cover to prevent damage to the cable to the logic board
2: Disconnect the CAN connection to the logic card

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Installing the upper cover

x5

Step 1 Step 2

2 3

x4
4 1

Step 3 Step 4

1: Connect the CAN bus connection to the logic card


2: Press together the upper and the lower parts, and turn the screws five complete
turns. Start with the left side, and then proceed with the right side.
3. Turn the screws crosswise as depicted below a further four complete turns (a
total of nine turns, which corresponds to 1 Nm).
4. Check that there is no space between the handle and the steering head.
5: Make sure that the control can be moved back and forth without difficulty, and
that the control returns to the neutral position.
If the control shows signs of being difficult to move: Re-adjust the screws
according to step 3.
Fit the keypad. Page 13–7

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.5 Replacing the tiller arm handle

Removing the tiller arm handle

• Remove the upper cover. Page 13–8


1: Remove the cable bracket/handle in the tiller arm.

Fitting the tiller arm handle

T=12Nm

1: Fit the handle/cable bracket.


Note: Mount the wiring harness so that it does not get pinched.
• Fit the upper cover. Page 13–9

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.6 Replacing the logic card

Removing the logic card

Step 1 Step 1 Step 2

• Remove the upper cover. Page 13–8


Warning!
Static electricity!
Risk of static discharge that can damage the electronics.
Make sure you take the necessary steps to prevent static electricity, ESD
protection, before starting work on the steering module.

1: Remove the screws holding the cover for the logic card and carefully lift
away the cover.
Hint: Hold a finger between the cover and the shaft for the speed control
buttons to prevent the speed control assembly from falling down.
2: Pull out the logic card, and pull off the connectors.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Installing a logic card

Steps 1, 2 Step 3 Step 3

1: Fit the new logic card in place and connect it.


2: Check the cable connection on the logic card and that the connectors are
correctly connected.
3: Fit the cover in place and screw it down. Make sure the conduit entry is
intact and correctly positioned.
• Fit the upper cover. Page 13–9

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.7 Checking the handle


Test drive the truck and check the functions of the handle

13.5.8 Update the software


If a new logic card without software has been installed, use TruckCom to
download software and reset the parameters.
See the TruckCom manual.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.9 Replacing the signal button/switch

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Step 3 Step 4

• Remove the stomach button Page 13–17


1: Remove the screws to the wire fittings.
2: Remove the connectors to the logic card
3: Remove the horn button, use a screwdriver to carefully prise it off the clip
fasteners.
4: Remove the switch by pulling it straight up.
• Install in reverse order.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.10 Replacing the lift/lower button

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

• Remove the stomach button Page 13–17


1: Remove the speed control
2: Use a screwdriver and carefully press down the button fitting
3: Pull the button straight out, compress the spring when removing it
• Reassemble in reverse order
• Lubricate the spring (a) with Molcate PC 75
• Make sure there is no play when operating the rocker, adjust the spring
legs if necessary.
• In case the control does not spring back: Check that the spring is fitted
correctly.

Fit the stomach button Page 13–17

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 15 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.11 Replacing the sensilift

Step 1 Step 2

• Remove the stomach button Page 13–17


1: Remove the button, use a screwdriver to carefully prise it loose
2: Pull it straight up
• Reassemble in reverse order

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 16 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.12 Replacing the stomach button

Step 1 Step 1

• Remove the upper cover Page 13–8


1: Remove the screws holding the cover/stomach button over the logic card
and carefully lift away the cover.
Hint: Hold a finger between the cover and the shaft for the speed control
buttons to prevent the speed control assembly from falling down.

Note: The stomach button must not be replaced by itself, the complete cover
and button must be replaced as a unit.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 17 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tiller arm 4000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

13.5.13 Changing the position of the controls - support arm lift/


fork lift
1. Pry off the lift control buttons using a thin screwdriver and switch the
positions with the rear buttons.

2. Make sure the lips catch when the new buttons are inserted.
3. Connect a PDA or PC and use TruckCom to change parameter 1023 to 2.
4. Start the truck and make sure the change is correct.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
13 – 18 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components-5000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

14. Electrical components-5000


14.1 Li-ion battery (Hoppecke)

14.1.1 Resetting/restarting the battery


If error codes are generated or the battery lamp does not light with a steady
green glow, the battery can be restarted.

1: Disconnect the battery yoke


Note: the yoke must be removed from the battery.

2: Disconnect the CAN connector X111.


3: Wait until the light goes out.
4: Connect the CAN connector.
5: Wait until the lamp on the battery shows steady green.
6: Reconnect the battery yoke.

14.2 Inspecting the battery


1: Check that a green lamp is lit on the battery. This indicates that
everything is OK.
2: Check the attachment of the brackets.
3: Check electrical connections on the CAN wiring harness.
4: Check the attachment of the battery lock.
5: Check that the covers have been refitted properly.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
14 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components-5000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

14.3 Replacing the wiring harness

A
B

X5
C
X21
X60

Pos. Description
A Connector clamp
B Connector, female part
C Bracket
D Connector, male part

Proceed as follows when replacing the wiring harness:


1. When prying the X connectors apart, press in the connector lock (A) of
the female part (B) and pull upwards.
2. Disconnect the female part (B) of the connector from the male part (D).
3. Then disconnect the male part (D) by pulling it downwards.
The bracket (C) remains on the connector panel.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
14 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components-5000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

14.3.1 Replacing the transistor regulator wiring harness

Keep the following in mind if it becomes necessary to disconnect the


connector (A) of the transistor regulator:
• First press down on the bracket clamp (B).
• Then lift up the connector lever (C).

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
14 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components-5000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

14.4 Replacing the transistor regulator


Note:
This action requires access to TruckCom!

D C

T=7±1,4 Nm

1. Remove the inspection cover.


2. Cut off the cable ties of the cable duct on the transistor regulator side.
3. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the connector bracket.
4. Undo the screws (D) and move the connector bracket aside.
5. Disconnect all cables and connectors from the transistor regulator.
6. Loosen the fastening nuts (B) of the fixing plate.
7. Remove the transistor regulator.
Angle out the top edge of the fixing plate and turn it in the drive wheel di-
rection in order to remove it from the truck.
8. Unscrew the transistor regulator from the fixing plate (C).
Assembly is done in reverse.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
14 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components-5000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

After installation of the new transistor regulator, the truck will display error
code 2.004.
1. Connect TruckCom.
2. Select “Copy truck configuration”.
3. Select “Copy configuration to secondary unit: ACT”

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
14 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components-5000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
14 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15. Hydraulic system 6000


15.1 General
Always take the following safety precautions prior to commencing work on
the truck's hydraulic systems:
• Slowly depressurise system pressure.
• Use some paper or a stiff piece of cardboard when checking for possible
oil leaks. Do not use your hand.
• Be careful since the oil in the transmission and hydraulic systems can be
scalding hot.
DANGER!
Risk of burns if hot transmission oil or hydraulic oil gets onto the skin. Allow
the truck to cool down before changing the oil.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.2 Hydraulic hygiene


Note:
Risk of malfunction.
If impurities get into the hydraulic system, there is a risk of malfunctions in
part or all of the hydraulic system. There is also a risk of severe damage to
components.
For all work on the hydraulic system, the following instructions must be
followed.
Note:
Use only new and clean oil when refilling the hydraulic oil system. If the oil is
contaminated, the hydraulic components will suffer damage.

15.2.1 Washing
Hydraulic components, including hydraulic hoses and pipes, must be cleaned
with a filtered washing fluid using a method suitable for the components
concerned.
The washing fluid must have purity code 19/16/13 in accordance with
ISO4406:1999 or 16/13 in accordance with ISO4406:1987.
Blowing clean with dry filtered air may be done when this is the only practical
method to carry out cleaning.

15.2.2 Packaging
After cleaning, all openings must be sealed with protective plugs. Connecting
surfaces must be protected against handling damage and dirt penetration.
Completely dry components can be packed in plastic bags or boxes with lids.
The packaging (protective plugs, masking, plastic bag, etc.) must not be
removed until immediately before the component is to be fitted in a workplace
suitable for handling hydraulic components.
Tape must never be used without cleaning afterwards.
Protective plugs must be stored in plastic bags or boxes with lids until they
are used.
After use, discard the plugs and plastic bags.

15.2.3 Handling
Hydraulic components must be handled and transported with the greatest
care.
Transportation packaging must be used throughout the entire handling chain.
This packaging must be clean and free from dust, etc.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.2.4 Storage
Hydraulic components must be handled and stored so that:
• no rusting can occur
• dust and dirt particles are shielded out
• no mechanical deformation can occur

15.2.5 Work procedures


When working on the hydraulic system, great cleanliness must be observed
so that no impurities can enter the system.
No work that generates particles may be carried out in the same workplace
or close to where work is being carried out on the hydraulic system.
The service technician must ensure that the components to be used are
carefully deburred and cleaned.
Couplings for pipe ends or other openings must never be removed until the
part is to be fitted to the receiving component.
Note:
All hydraulic components that have not been cleaned, e.g. pipe couplings and
nipples, must be blown clean before fitting.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.3 Hydraulic unit 6100


o n
m

b
i
c

h
g

f
e

Pos. Description Pos. Description


a Pump motor [M3] h Hydraulic fork connection
b Solenoid valve, support arm selection i Pressure limiting valve
[Q23]1
c Solenoid valve, fork selection k Maximum oil level
[Q22]<Superscript>1
d Proportional valve, lowering [Q4] m Filling cap
e Tank (suitable oil volume 5 l) n Pump motor cable connection
f Screw o Pump motor cable connection
g Hydraulic connection, support arm
1. Only applies to S212L, S214L and S220D

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.3.1 Emptying the hydraulic tank


1. Loosen all cables and tubes to the hydraulic unit.
2. Loosen the hydraulic unit from the truck by releasing the clamps that
surround the pump motor.
3. Loosen the tank from the hydraulic unit by loosening screw (f).

15.3.2 Hydraulic system, bleeding

Cylinders with bleeding valve


1. Loosen all bleeding screws 2 revolutions.
2. Lift slowly at a constant rate until the forks begin to rise (30-40 cm).
3. Close the bleeding screws.
4. Lower the forks and continue to press the lowering button for 10-15 s.
5. Top up with oil.
6. Lift the forks to max.
7. Lower and check the oil level.

Cylinders without bleeding valve


1. Lift slowly at a constant rate until the forks begin to rise.
2. Lower the forks and continue to press the lowering button for 10-15 s.
3. Repeat a couple of times.
4. Fill with oil.
5. Lift the forks to max.
6. Lower to min.
7. Allow to stand approx. 30 min (info for customer).

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.4 Hydraulic connections 6230

15.4.1 Quick change connectors

Connecting the quick change connector

1. Place the assembly stop (1) on the male fitting and make sure that
the dismantling ring (2) runs freely in the groove.
2. Push the male fitting into the female fitting until the assembly stop
makes contact with the female fitting.
3. The coupling is now made and locked.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Disassembly of the quick change connector

1. Remove the assembly stop (with the aid of a screwdriver or


similar tool).
2. Push the male fitting all the way into the female fitting.
3. Pull the male fitting out of the female fitting.
4. Refit the assembly stop on the male fitting.
5. Place protective plugs on the valve and hose.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.5 Hose rupture valve

15.5.1 Replacing the hose rupture valve


The hose rupture valve is built into the cylinder/hydraulic hose bracket.
Note:
When fitting these components, it is very important that no dirt etc. enters
the hydraulic system.
1: Detach the hydraulic hose from the cylinder and plug the connection.
2: Unscrew the hydraulic hose bracket/hose rupture valve from the
cylinder.
3: The new hose rupture valve should be torque tightened to 40 +5 Nm.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.6 Hydraulic calibration


A calibration function can be used to handle the proportional valve's [Q4]
tolerance. Service mode “cal” must have the setting “1” and the truck must be
restarted in order to activate the calibration mode. When performing a
calibration, the service key must be connected, and the maximum rated load
must be loaded onto the forks.
In the calibration mode, “strt” is shown on the display, waiting for one of the
two horn buttons to be pressed. The calibration begins when one of the two
horn buttons is pressed. The lowering valve is then opened slowly. As soon
as the operator notices the movement of the forks, the horn button must be
released. Wait until the display shows “end” and then restart the truck.
Service parameter 108 s re-set automatically when the calibration is finished.
The calibration process affects the following parameters:
• Maximum lowering speed of the fork (parameter 302)
• Starting position of the proportional valve (parameter 303)
• Lowering speed of the support arms (parameter 304)
• Slow lowering speed (parameter 305)
All parameters may be adjusted manually after calibration.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.7 Adjusting the pressure limiting valve

Valve location
The truck must be able to handle the rated load on the forks.
Place a rated load on the forks and verify that the truck is able to lift it.
If the truck cannot lift the rated load:

c
b
a

1. Pry off the sealing cap (a) attached to the pressure limiting valve using a
screwdriver.
2. Remove the protective cover (b) (17 mm) by turning it anti-clockwise.
Remove the protective cover and the washer housed inside it.
3. Loosen the locking nut (c) (17 mm) by turning it anti-clockwise.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the truck is able to lift the load
without any problem.
5. Tighten the locking nut (c) clockwise.
6. Refit the washer and protective cover (b)
7. Push a new sealing cap (a) onto the pressure limiting valve
Once the truck manages to lift the rated load, apply an additional 100 kg on
the forks. Verify that the truck cannot lift the load.
If the truck is able to lift 100 kg more than its rated load:

1. Pry off the sealing cap (a) attached to the pressure limiting valve using a
screwdriver.
2. Remove the protective cover (b) (17 mm) by turning it anti-clockwise.
Remove the protective cover and the washer housed inside it.
3. Loosen the locking nut (c) (17 mm) by turning it anti-clockwise.
4. Turn the adjusting screw counter-clockwise until the truck cannot lift the
load.
5. Tighten the locking nut (c) clockwise.
6. Refit the washer and protective cover (b)
7. Push a new sealing cap (a) onto the pressure limiting valve

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.8 Disassembling the hydraulic unit


Before commencing any work on the hydraulic unit, make sure the forks have
been fully lowered.

Step 1. Step 2.

×n
s mm

s: 13mm, n: 2ea

Step 3.

1. Disconnect the hydraulic hose. See section "15.4.1 Quick change


connectors".
2. Disconnect the motor cables using a wrench.
3. Disconnect the electric connection to the lowering valve.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Step 5.

×n
s mm
Step 4.
s: 7mm, n: 1ea

×n
s mm

s: 6mm, n: 1ea
Step 6.
4. Loosen the hydraulic unit bracket and lift out the unit from the truck.
5. Undo the clamp to be able to detach the tank from the motor and lift the
valve unit away from the tank.
6. Remove and clean the strainer, then reattach it in the correct position.
7. Change the oil and clean the tank.
8. Reassemble everything in reverse order. See section "15.9 Hydraulic
unit tightening torques".
Note:
Be careful with the hydraulic unit seals when re-installing

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulic system 6000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

15.9 Hydraulic unit tightening torques


The hydraulic unit tightening torques are depicted in the picture below:

10 + 2 Nm
10 mm

8,5 +- 0,5
0,5
Nm

13 mm

45 + 5 Nm
24 mm

45 + 5 Nm
24 mm

5 +- 0,8
0,8
Nm

4 +- 0,5
0,5 Nm

7 mm

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
15 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16. Mast C7000


16.1 Main mast 7100

16.1.1 Components

a
a

Pos Description Tightening torque


.
a Upper mast fixing 189 ± 8 Nm
points.
b Lower mast fixing 83±4Nm
points.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.1.2 Maintenance

Fixing point
According to the maintenance chart, the mast mounting bolts (a) should only
be visually inspected and not re-tightened on inspection. If the mast needs to
be replaced or if the bolts have come loose, then be sure to use new bolts and
washers. The tightening torque should be according to the torque table.

Lubrication

Lubricating the beam


1 The inside of the beam flanges are lubricated with (Q8
Rembrandt EP2).

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.2 Fork carriage 7420

Pos. Description
a Shim
b Roller

16.2.1 Maintenance
• Check that the play in the fork carriage is not excessive.
• Adjust with shims (a) if needed.
• There are rollers with different diameters (c) to compensate for any wear
on the guide rails.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.3 Main lift chain system 7120

16.3.1 General
Note: Replacing the chain bolt

• When replacing the chain, be sure to also replace the chain bolt
• When the chain assembly with chain bolt is replaced, the counter nuts and
the cotter pin/safety cotter must be replaced at the same time.

e
d
c
b
a
a

Pos. Description
a Cotter pin/safety cotter
b Wide locking nut
c Narrow locking nut
d Spherical washer
e Complete chain including anchor bolt

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.3.2 Checking the chain setting


The lifting chains must be adjusted at regular periods due to stretching; see
below. The chain is checked during servicing as set out in the maintenance
schedule.
Any adjustment is made with the chain mounting bolts.
Adjust the fork height according to C code 7100, 7420, 7700 and 7800 as
applicable.

16.3.3 Checking the chain


The chains are subjected to two types of wear – outline wear and stretching.
Wear to the bolts and plate holes causes the chain to stretch. The chains are
also affected by the environment in which they are used.

Noise
If there has been insufficient lubrication, there will be metallic friction on the
chain and this will result in noise.
Replace the chain.

Surface rust
Surface rust is easy to recognise as the chain will be reddish brown. Deep-
seated rust has generally started and the strength of the chain is impaired.
Replace the chain.

Rusty links
Fretting corrosion results in a reddish-brown powder being visible on the
outer plates. It can also appear as if the chain is bleeding if lubricated.
Replace the chain.

Stiff links
If it is not possible to pull out the chain to its normal position this can be
because of link rust or seizing.

Replace the chain.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Bolt rotation
Bolt rotation can be a phenomenon of stiff links. The fault is easy to see when
comparing with a new chain.
.

Replace the chain.

Loose bolts
If a bolt is loose it will protrude from the side of the chain, and this is due to a
stiff link or bolt rotation.

Replace the chain.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Outline wear

H2 H3

P = Pitch.
H2 = Nominal disc height.
H3 = Minimum disc height
A new lifting chain has a specific nominal plate thickness (H2 in the figure). As
the truck is used, the lifting chain wears radially on the side that rolls over the
chain wheel. The minimum plate height (defined as H3 in the figure) denotes
the minimum permitted value of the plate height.

Maximal permitted outline wear is 5% of the thickness H2. If a lifting chain


reaches the maximum level of wear, it must be replaced.
The nominal and minimum Plate heights for respective lifting chains are
stated in the table in the section “Stretching”.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Stretching
The amount of stretch on a lifting chain is measured on the part of the chain
that runs over the chain roller. The amount of stretch may, at the most, be 2%
on the most worn section of the chain.
The measurement is best made over 300-1000 mm of chain.
The nominal and maximum permitted chain lengths for lift chains are stated in
the table below.

Type of Nominal Minimum Pitch P Nominal chain Maximum


chain disc plate (mm) length for 20/30/ permitted chain
height H2 height H3 50 plates (mm) length for 20/30/50
(mm) (mm) plates (mm)
3/4", 2x3 17.8 16.9 19.05 381/572/953 389/583/972
3/4”, 3x4 17.8 16.9 19.05 381/572/953 389/583/972
3/4”, 4x6 17.8 16.9 19.05 381/572/953 389/583/972
1", 4x4 23.6 22.4 25.4 508/762/1270 518/777/1295
1”, 6x6 23.6 22.4 25.4 508/762/1270 518/777/1295

Wear to the bolts and around the holes on the discs is one reason why the
chain stretches. The chain must be replaced if is stretched more than 2%.

Damage

The chain should be replaced if damaged in any way.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Damaged plates
If a plate has broken on the chain, this may be due to overloading or
corrosion.

Replace the chain.

Damaged bolts
It can be difficult to determine whether a bolt has broken. It can appear as bolt
rotation and/or that the outer plate is loose.

Replace the chain.

Dirty chain
If a chain is very dirty replacement is recommended first and foremost. It can
also be removed and cleaned as set out in the chapter “Cleaning”.

16.3.4 Cleaning
We recommend you to replace a chain that is very dirty.
Dirty chains should be cleaned before they are lubricated, e.g. by washing
with solvent such as diesel or petrol.
The chain should be blown dry using compressed air and lubricated directly
after cleaning.
Note:
Exercise care with degreasing agents as these can contain abrasives.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.3.5 Lubrication
Both mineral and synthetic oils can be used to lubricate Rexnord chains.
Note:
Lubricants must not contain substances such as molybdenum disulphide,
PTFE or such.
The weight of the fork carriage should be offloaded from the
lifting chain (hanging free) when the chain is lubricated.
• Lubrication intervals:
- 500 hours with normal operations
- 100 hours when operating in rugged environments such as cold stores
and corrosive environments.
The chains are sprayed with lubricant. Please note that the entire chain must
be lubricated, even the fastening bolts. It is particularly important that the part
of the chain that runs over the chain wheel is well lubricated.
The lubricate must comply with the viscosity demands at respective
temperatures as set out in the table below. The following lubricants are
recommended:

Ambient Viscosity Recommended products*


temperature class
> - 40°C VG 15 Klüberoil 4UH 1-15, Klüber
Lubrication
< - 30°C
> - 30°C VG 68 Klüberoil 4UH 1-68N, Klüber
Lubrication
< + 5°C
Anticorit LBO 160 TT, Fuchs DEA
> + 5°C VG 150 Klüberoil 4UH 1-150N, Klüber
Lubrication
< +45°C
Anticorit LBO 160, Fuchs DEA
Rexoil, Rexnord Kette
>+ 45°C VG 220 Klüberoil 4UH 1-220N, Klüber
Lubrication
<+ 80°C
* Similar products from other manufacturers may be used.
Note:
Do not use any special rustproofing agents to prevent
corrosion of the lifting chains.
These agents impair lubrication of the chains. Regular lubrication is the
best method to prevent rusting.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.3.6 Adjustment
The lifting chains must be adjusted at regular periods due to stretching. This
is to be done when other service work with chains is performed.
The lock nuts on the lifting chains are to be tightened with 50 Nm (+12.5 Nm
/ -5 Nm). .

a b

1. Make sure that the thinner nut (b) is placed closest to the chain fitting.
2. Use a fixed spanner and a torque wrench set to 50 Nm to ensure the
correct torque.
Using the main lifting chains, the mast guides must be adjusted so that the
bottom part of the mast is level.
.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.4 Replacing the fork carriage


1. Lift the fork carriage with an overhead crane or with another truck to take
the load off the chain.

2. Remove the chain bolt.

3. Lower the fork carriage.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4. Lift the inner guides.

5. Remove the fork carriage.

6. Install in reverse order.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.5 Replacement of the mast


We use a Duplex Hilo mast in this example.
1. Start by disconnecting the fork carriage according to the example above.
2. Disconnect all connectors to the lift height switches.

3. Remove the spiral hose.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4. Disconnect the main hydraulic hose from the T-connector.

5. Connect a hose plug in the hose to stop the oil flow.


6. Lift out the battery.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 15 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

7. Lower the mast and secure it in both lifting points with the help of an
overhead crane or another truck.See section “22.5 Other tools”.

8. Remove the lower finger protectors and the bracket for the hydraulic
hose on the cylinder.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 16 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

9. Remove the four bolts holding the mast.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 17 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

10. Make sure that the mast is freed, and lift it past the guide lugs.

11. Attach the new mast in reverse order.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 18 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.6 Replacing the idler roller


Remove the mast, and place it on a pallet or similar

1: Use a puller to remove the roller.


Make a note of the number of shims.
2: Install the roller, fit the same number of shims as were installed before.
Make sure the guides can move freely and the there is not too much play
before you install the mast in the truck.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 19 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

16.7 Adjusting the mast


The angle of the mast must be checked after replacement. Make sure that the
truck is standing on a level surface when checking. Fit shims according to the
instructions below if needed.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 20 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Tighten the screws that hold the mast


See section “16.1.1 Components”.with the correct tightening torque.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 21 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Mast C7000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
16 – 22 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Peripherals C8000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

17. Peripherals C8000

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
17 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Peripherals C8000 Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
17 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Accessories Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

18. Accessories
18.1 Spider expansion unit
The spider expansion unit, called SEU, allows the main logic card to handle
a greater number of inputs and outputs. The SEU does not have its own truck
controller logic, which means that a defective SEU can be replaced without
the replacement affecting any truck functions.
The SEU is used for modification of the truck to meet special customer
requirements. .

Electronic
card

Truck Log
System
Spider
Extra/Customised
Expansion
function(s)
Unit
CAN bus

Pump
controller

CAN service
connector

Motor
Controller

The picture above shows how the SEU is used to allow a greater number of
functions to be controlled via the CAN bus. SEU has a 42-pin, multi-pin
contact that manages all inputs, outputs, CAN and power supply signals.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
18 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Accessories Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

18.2 TLS - Truck log system


See the separate manual that is included with the truck log system.

18.3 ID unit
See the separate manual that is included with the software.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
18 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Accessories Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

18.4 DC/DC converter


The truck can be equipped with a DC/DC converter to supply power to equipment
such as a PC, scanner, etc. The converter on the input side is protected against
polarity reversal, short circuit and thermal overload. The chassis is not live, and
the in/outputs are galvanically separated. The output sits on the E-bar profile.

18.5 Collision sensor


If a collision sensor is installed on the CAN bus, this registers when the truck
bumps against something. If an impact exceeds a certain level, specified by
parameters 105 and 106, this is counted as a collision.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
18 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Accessories Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

18.6 Built-in battery charger


Note:
If retrofitting the built-in battery charger, TruckCom is required to be able to
set all necessary parameters. TruckCom is not needed if replacing an
existing charger. When installing the charger, torque tighten nuts (A) to max.
1.6 Nm.
If the truck is factory-fitted with a battery, the battery charger is adjusted to
suit the battery.
If the truck is delivered from the factory without a battery, the customer/
technician must set the right parameters based on battery type and size

18.6.1 Technical data

Designation SMCO 24/30


Dimensions, mm 240x111x77
Weight, kg 1.7
Ambient temperature, ºC -25 - +40
Mains voltage, V AC 195-264
Rated voltage, V DC 24
Rated current, A 30
Maximum output, W 800

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
18 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Accessories Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

18.6.2 Charging the battery


To start charging, open the battery compartment cover and connect the
charger connector to a wall outlet.
Note:
Prior to commencing charging, switch off the truck and disconnect all other
electrical connections to the truck.
When the truck is charging, the following is indicated on the display:

Main charging
During the charging process, lines appear sequentially from left to right as the
battery is charged. The battery symbol and the OFF button flash.

Equalising charging
Four lines at the left in the display light continuously while four lines on the
right appear sequentially. The battery symbol and the OFF button flash.

Charging completed
The battery capacity value and unit (Ah) appear alternately in the display. The
battery symbol is lit continuously, while the OFF button flashes.
Disconnect the contact from the wall socket once the battery has been
charged. The OFF button then lights continuously. The truck is now ready for
use.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
18 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Accessories Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
18 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Instructions for disposal Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

19. Instructions for disposal


19.1 General
The disposal instructions were developed to support our company's objective
of protecting the environment. By recycling materials, resources can be
utilised more efficiently, while reducing emissions.
The instructions below indicate the proper sorting category for the materials
used in the various truck components. To achieve optimum sorting, all
components should be disassembled to a level corresponding to the sorting
categories.

19.2 Marking of plastics

19.2.1 General marking of products and packaging


Markings on plastics consist of three arrows, a number and usually also a
designation of the plastic material used. This example shows the marking for
polypropylene.
• 01: PET – Polyethylene terephthalate
• 02: PE-HD – Polyethylene with high density
• 03: PVC – Polyvinyl chloride
• 04: PE-LD – Polyethylene with low density
• 05: PP - Polypropylene
• 06: PS – Polystyrene
• 07: O – Other

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
19 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Instructions for disposal Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

19.2.2 Marking according to the manufacturer’s standards


Standards: 58-02-001, 58-02-003 and 58-02-004.
A few examples of markings are given here. For more information, please
refer to the standards above.
The product material and trade name of each item are indicated between
arrows. Example: >PP<.

Abbreviations
• ABS: acrylonitrile/butadiene/styrene
• HDPE: High Density Polyethylene
• LDPE: Low Density Polyethylene
• PA: Polyamide
• PA6: Amide resin 6
• PA66: Amide resin 66
• PBT: Polybutylene terephtalate
• PC: Polycarbonate
• PET: Polyethylene terephtalate
• PMMA: Plexiglas
• POM: Polyoxymethylene, Polyformaldehyde
• PP: Polypropylene
• PUR: Polyurethane

Marking examples
Products made from a single substance
ABS (acrylonitrile/butadiene/polystyrene):
>ABS<
Polyurethane:
>PUR<
Plastic compounds
A compound based on acrylonitrile/butadiene/polystyrene and carbonate
plastic:
>ABS+PC<
Filled or reinforced materials
Polypropylene with 30% mineral powder:
>PP-MD30<

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
19 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Instructions for disposal Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

19.3 Pressure vessels


Pressure vessels sent for recycling/destruction must have been
depressurised beforehand and, if possible, opened.
Examples of existing pressure vessels are gas struts and accumulators used
in hydraulic systems.

19.3.1 Gas struts


WARNING!
Gas struts have extremely high internal pressure. To prevent injury, always
follow the instructions of the manufacturer.
Wear safety goggles when disassembling springs.
To allow the gas to escape, only open and disassemble gas struts as
recommended by the manufacturer. An example of how to perform this is
given for "Stabilus Lift-O-Mat/Inter-stop":

2 1

ca 20 mm

1: Drill or cut a hole in the cylinders, approximately 20 mm from the bottom.


2: Drill or cut a hole in the recess at the piston rod end.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
19 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Instructions for disposal Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

19.4 Sorting categories


• Plastic and rubber material
• Iron/steel (including bolts, washers and nuts)
• Oils
• Oil filters
• Oil-polluted material
• Electronic parts (including switches and sensors)
• Wires
• Hazardous waste
• Complex materials - large amounts in several categories but non-
combustible and not hazardous
• Combustible material, including small plastic and rubber parts
• Please return batteries to the manufacturer.
Component Category Comments
Chassis Iron/steel
Iron/steel
Inspection covers, sheet metal
Handle: >ABS<
Sort according to the material
Inspection covers, plastic Plastic
marking
Forks and frames Iron/steel
Iron/steel, including any gas struts
Operator's platforms Be sure to depressurise struts
Mats, cushions: combustible
Roofs and overhead guards Iron/steel
Iron/steel
Gates and operator protective
Plastic handles: >PA<
devices
Crush protectors: >PMMA<
Oil
Hydraulic hoses: Oil-polluted Ensure that the system has been
material depressurised.
Oil tank: >PP< Carefully drain all oil.
Hydraulic unit
Motor, valves: Electronic Any accumulators should be
components emptied of gas and if possible
Pump: Iron/steel opened.
Accumulator: Iron/steel
Motor: Electronic components
Travel motors Wires
Parking brake: Hazardous waste
Iron/steel Carefully drain all oil
Drive gears
Oil Hazardous waste
If the tread and hub cannot be
Tread: Plastic according to marking
Wheels separated, then sort the wheel as
Hub: Iron/steel
complex material

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
19 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Instructions for disposal Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Component Category Comments


Electronic components
Tiller arms Wires Be sure to depressurise struts
Iron/steel, also gas struts
PCBs, transistor regulators,
Expansion unit SEU, contactors:
Electrical system Hazardous waste
Electronic components
Wires
Small batteries Hazardous waste
Hazardous waste.
Because of the chemical content in
fluorescent tubes, do not break
Fluorescent tubes them.
Obsolete fluorescent tubes must be
packaged and transported according
to local regulations.
Mast beams, rollers, cylinders,
hydraulic pipes: Iron/steel
Hydraulic hoses: Oil-polluted ()
Wires Oil-polluted components should be
Mast
Sensors/switches: Electronic handled as hazardous waste
components
Plastic components: According to
marking or as combustible waste
Electronic components
Chargers and connectors
Wires

— Slut på avsnittet —

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
19 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Instructions for disposal Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
19 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

20. Electrical components and wiring diagrams


20.1 Electric components
The table below shows a summary of the major electric components of this
truck.

Symbol Description Function Remarks


A5 Logic card Tiller arm logic card
A30 Battery charger On-board battery charger Option

B1 Temperature sen- Drive motor temperature sensor


sor
B11 Pulse transformer Speed sensor
B60 Inductive switch Mechanical activation of the
brake
B62 Inductive switch Support arms, lowered position.
B63 Inductive switch Mast switch 1
B64 Inductive switch Mast switch 2
B65 Inductive switch Support arms, uppermost posi-
tion.
B90 Collision sensor Option

F1 Fuse Main fuse 150 A


F50 Fuse Operating circuit A5 7.5 A
F51 Fuse Operating circuit T1 7.5 A
F52 Fuse Optional equipment Option

G1 Battery 24 V

K110 Data Handling Unit Data handling unit Option


(DHU)

M1 Motor Truck traction


M3 Motor Pump motor

P4 Horn
P5 Warning lamp Option

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

P6 Display Truck function display

Q1 Electromechanical Mechanical brake


brake
Q4 Solenoid valve Fork lowering
Q10 Contactor Main contactor
Q221 Solenoid valve Fork selector

Q232 Solenoid valve Support arm selector

S18 Switch Horn button


S21 Switch Emergency switch off
S97 Switch Warning lamp P5 Option
S206 Switch Turtle function Option
S111 Switch Option button Option
S113 Switch Option button Option
S114 Switch Option button Option
S115 Switch Option button Option
S116 Switch Option button Option
S223 Keypad/Smart card Login with PIN code
S224 Controls Sensilift Option

T1 Transistor regula-
tor
T7/T8 DC/DC converter T7=24V/12V Option
T8=24V/24V
T20 Antenna Antenna Option

X1 Connector Battery
X21 Port DC/DC converter Option
X40 Port CAN communication (Extra I/O)
X41 Port CAN communication (External)
X65 Port Tiller arm:
1. Applies only to S212L, 214L and 220D.
2. Applies only to S212L, 214L and 220D.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

P6

S113 S116
S206 S115
S111 S114

S18:1 S18:2

S223

B60

X41

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

S21
X1

G1

T7/T8

F50, F51, F52


F1 Q25

Q10

X21

X40

B90

T1

A30

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

20.2 Wiring diagram

20.2.1 List of symbols

Table 1: List of symbols


Symbol Description Symbol Description
Truck battery. Emergency switch off NC

Fuse Switch, pressure (weight) oper-


ated

Horn Sensor, inductive NO

Motor, AC1 Sensor, inductive NC

Contactor Variable resistance (potentiome-


ter)

Brake coil (normally applied) Push switch NO

Coil for the hydraulic solenoid Multi-pin connector


valve

Pressure sensor, analogue NO = Normally open


P NC = Normally closed

1. AC = Alternating Current

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

20.2.2 General wiring diagram


F51

6 (+) B+ F1 S21
24 (83) +24V
40 (-) B- U

T1
B60 DRIVE MOTOR V M1
72 (95) TILLER ARM W
IN DRIVE POS.
Q10
MAIN CONTACTOR (106) 31

+
G1

-
Q1
B62 BRAKE RELEASE (90) 32
74 (94) SUPPORT ARM Q4 40
IN LOW POS 1
PROP. LOWER VALVE (108) 33

+24V (82) 30
B63 F
70 (86) MAST SWITCH 1 M3
SWE100
EXT.
Q25 EQUIP.
OUT PUMP CONTACTOR (107) 34
B64
71 (101) MAST SWITCH 2 M3
PUMP MOTOR 5
Q22
B65 FORK VALVE (98) 80
74 (87) INP. SUPPORT ARM, AT TOP POS.
Q23
81
SUPPORT ARM VALVE (110)
OPTION 20
(84) ENABLE/PRE-CHARGE P4
1 2
B11
61 (104) CH A, SPEED SENSOR
62 (103) CH B, SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL HORN (112) 50 F52

B1 63 (92) THERMAL SENSOR


(DRIVE MOTOR) +5V SPEED SENSOR (85) 60
25
+24VDC
64 40
CAN HIGH/LOW NEGATIVE SPEED/ (105) 0VDC T7/T8 X23
(99/100) THERMAL SENSOR 12VDC/24VDC 26
119/120 0VDC 41
OPTION

20 20 F50 1 1
24 24
119/120
(3/4) 119/120 119/120
CAN HIGH/LOW (X3/X3) (3/4)
A2:S17 P5
B90 CAN HIGH/LOW Hall SAFETY 20 CAN HIGH/LOW
20 (1) +24V DC REVERSE 40 RED (+) POS. VOLT.
40 (2) 0V DC 20 (X3) +24V DC A2:S21 BLACK (-) NEG. VOLT.
40 (X3) 0V DC Hall SUPPORT ARM
OPTION LIFT S97 OPTION A30
A2:S22 MAINS, VAC
(X1 1) HORN 2 Hall SUPPORT ARM MAINS, VAC
(X4 1) HORN 1 LOWER MAINS, EARTH
A2:S1-S9 A2:S10-S18
S18:2 OPTION
Hall Hall SPEED
S18:1 REF.
(X4 2) VALUE KEYBOARD / 119/120
(X1 2) (2/3)
A5 SMART CARD CAN HIGH/LOW
(X11)
(X2:1/2) TURTLE S223 X41
20 (1) +24V DC
+24V DC (X3) 20 40 (8) 0V DC
S206 0V DC (X3) 40 T20
K110
(X2:1/3) TURTLE
CAN HIGH (X3) 119 ANTENNA
CAN LOW (X3) 120 OPTION
(X8:1) +5V DC
S224 (X8:2) FORK LIFT/LOWER
+ A (X12)
DISPLAY
(X8:3) OUT 0V DC
P6
-
Based on 236986 rev. F

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

20.2.3 Wiring diagram

1/11 PROD G
236986

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

2/11 PROD G
236986

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

3/11 PROD G
236986

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

4/11 PROD G
236986

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 12 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 13 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 14 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 15 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 16 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 17 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Electrical components and wiring diagrams Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L,
S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
20 – 18 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulics chart Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

21. Hydraulics chart

Simplex/ Duplex tele


Duplex tele panoramic Duplex Hilo Triplex Hilo

Support arms

1 14

SA F
3
13

Q23 Q22
Q4
12

4
Max 230 Bar

7
11

8 10
9

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
21 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Hydraulics chart Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Pos. Description Pos. Description


1 Lift cylinder, support arm1 8 Tank
2 Solenoid valve, fork selection [Q22] 9 Filter
3 Solenoid valve, support arm selection 10 Filter
[Q23]
4 Proportional valve, lowering [Q4] 11 Air filter
5 Non-return valve 12 Flow regulator valve
6 Pressure limiting valve, max. 230 Bar 13 Lift cylinder, mast
7 Pump 14 Hose rupture valve
1. Only applies to S212L, S214L and S220D

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
21 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

22. Tools
22.1 MQS contacts

Tools Number Use


257841 MQS Basic toolbox.

The box contains:


1 set pliers with tools
25 x splice sleeves 0.5-1.5 mm2
2x complete 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 12-pin
connectors (male and female) with pre-
wired cables and splicing sleeves.
Please use to replace damaged con-
nectors on the truck.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Tools Number Use


257842 MQS refill box.
Use to refill the “MQS 257843 Com-
plete toolbox”.

The refill box contains:


200 x sleeves 0.2-0.5 mm2
200 x sleeves SWS 0.2-0.5 mm2
400 x sleeves SWS 0.5-0.75 mm2
100 x sleeves S"Clean body" 0.5-0.75
mm2
200 x pins SWS 0.2-0.5 mm2
400 x pins SWS 0.5-0.75 mm2
1200 x seals
200x blind plugs

257843 MQS Complete toolbox.

Contains 4 pliers with tools:


MQS SWS 0.25-0.5 mm2
MQS SWS 0.5-0.75 mm2
MQS Std&Clean body 0.25-0.5 mm2
MQS Std&"Clean body" 0.5-0.75 mm2

Puller for 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 12-pin male


and female connectors.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

22.2 AMP connectors


PT = Power Timer (4.8. 5.8. 6.3 mm)
JPT = Junior Power Timer (2.8 mm)
MPT = Micro Power Timer (1.5 mm)

Figure Number Use


151080 (PT) Removal tool for pins/
sleeves

213296 (JPT) Removal tool for pins/


sleeves

213298 (MPT) Removal tool for pins/


sleeves

1=163787 (JPT) Crimping tool (sleeves only)


2=163788 (JPT)

1=213336 (MPT)
2=213337 (MPT)
1
2
1=213336 (JPT) Crimping tool for fitting pins
2=213549 (JPT) For 0.5–2.5 mm2

1
2

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

22.2.1 AMP connectors, Multilock series 040

Figure Number Use


213130 Pin removal tool

213129 Crimping tool for pins

22.3 Molex connectors

16
9
8
1

Figure Number Use


156937 Crimping tool for pins

156936 Crimping tool for fitting


sleeves/pins

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

22.4 Grease guns

Figure Number Use


24981 A tool with a pointed nozzle used to
apply grease. Length 170 mm.

755132 Single-hand grease gun with straight


discharge pipe and nozzle.

755142 Two-handed grease gun with angled


fif

discharge pipe and nozzle.

755152 Two-handed grease gun with hose


and nozzle.

755145 Lubricating hose 450 mm


755146 Lubricating hose 750 mm
755147 Lubricating hose 1500 mm

202154PM Pointed nozzle for grease guns used


to apply grease in recessed nipples.
Fits grease guns with hose and dis-
charge pipe. Length 125 mm.
755140 Nozzle for necked nipples. Fits grease
guns with hose and discharge pipe.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

22.5 Other tools

Figure Number Use


7513225 Service key (CAN)

1=7521083
1 2=163793

Service instrument
2 (CASTOR USB)
for programming

1=163793 Service instrument for


2=163792 program changes

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Figure Number Use


08-13022 Drive gear puller

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Tools Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
22 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Lubricants specification Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

23. Lubricants specification


23.1 General tightening torques
Millimetre threads M3 to M24. The following applies in the case of good
conditions, e.g. steel against steel.

Galvanised, Untreated,
not oiled screws oiled screws
Strength class: Strength class:
Dimension
8.8 10.9 12.9 8.8 10.9 12.9
1.1 1.6 2.0 M3 1.2 1.7 2.1
2.8 3.8 4.7 M4 2.9 4.0 4.9
5.5 7.7 9.3 M5 5.7 8.1 9.7
9.5 13 16 M6 9.8 14 17
23 32 38 M8 24 33 40
45 62 76 M10 47 65 79
78 109 130 M12 81 114 136
123 174 208 M14 128 181 217
189 266 320 M16 197 277 333
370 519 623 M20 385 541 649
638 898 1075 M24 665 935 1120

Tightening torque ‘T’ (Nm)


Note:
Experience has shown that if the torque wrench is adjusted to the values for untreated
screws, the correct torque value for galvanised screws will also be obtained. Do not
tighten more than the values indicated in the table, otherwise the screws can be
destroyed.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
23 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Lubricants specification Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

23.2 Lubricants specification

Specification
Lubricant type Usage
> -15°C < -15°C
S213366 S213366
A Grease Bearings and bushes
Q8 Rubens WB Q8 Rubens WB
Synthetic base hypoid oil
C Transmission oil SAE 75W-90 Gears
Class API-GL5
Cassida Fluid GL 150
Gears
Synthetic
C Transmission oil Approved for the food processing
NSF H1
industry
NSF ISO 21469
D Grease See table below See table below Chains
Grafloscon Grafloscon
E Grease Gear ring
A-G1 (Klüber) A-G1 (Klüber)
F Grease Gletmo 805 Gletmo 805 Beams, rib
F Grease Rembrandt EP2 Rembrandt EP2 Beams, flanges
Castrol Spheerol LC2
G Grease Steering bearings
Castrol Tribol 4020/460-2
H Grease Klüberplex BEM 34-132 Steer axle/steering damper

Ambient
Pos. Viscosity class Usage
temperature
ISO VG 32
B 0 °C-40 °C ISO 6743-4 category HM Hydraulic system
DIN 51524 part 2 = HLP
ISO VG 27.5
B -35 °C-40 °C ISO 6743-4 category HV Hydraulic system
DIN 51524 part 3 = HVLP
Cassida Fluid HF 32 / ISO VG 32
ISO 6743-4 category HM Hydraulic system
B 0 °C-40 °C DIN 51524 part 2 = HLP Approved for the food processing
NSF H1 industry
NSF ISO 21469

Ambient
Pos. Viscosity class Recommended products*
temperature
> -40°C
D VG 15 Klüberoil 4UH 1-15, Klüber Lubrication
< -30°C
> -30°C Klüberoil 4UH 1-68N, Klüber Lubrication
D VG 68
< +5°C Anticorit LBO 160 TT, Fuchs DEA
Klüberoil 4UH 1-150N, Klüber Lubrication
> +5°C
D VG 150 Anticorit LBO 160, Fuchs DEA
< +45°C Rexoil, Rexnord Kette
> +45°C
D VG 220 Klüberoil 4UH 1-220N, Klüber Lubrication
< +80°C

* Equivalent products from another manufacturer may be used.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
23 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

24. Technical data


24.1 S210, S212, S214

Model S210 S212 S214


Drive motor
Type Iskra AML7108 Iskra AML7109
Power, kW 1.0, 1.5
Duty cycle S2-60 min
Weight, kg 9 10.5
Brake
Type Warner PK10
Braking force, Nm 15
Power, W 51/13
Resistance, coil, Ω 10.5-12.0
Nominal gap in actuated position, 0.2-0.55
mm
Minimum thickness of brake disc, 7.9
mm
Thickness of new brake disc, mm 8.2
Transmission/gear mechanism
Type Kordel Genius 5.72.02.1
Gear ratio 30.204
Oil volume, litres 0.8
Oil See section “23.2 Lubricants specification”.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 1 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Model S210 S212 S214


Wheels
Drive wheel, mm 230
Wheel pressure (kg/mm²) 0.2 0.22 0.24
Axle pressure without load, kg 350 400 450
Axle pressure at rated load, kg 350 400 450
Wheel bolts tightening torque, Nm 81±19
Support arm wheels, mm 125
Axle pressure without load, kg 235 285 285
Axle pressure at rated load kg 1185 1445 1640
Castor wheel, mm 85
Axle pressure without load, kg 230 250 200
Axle pressure at rated load, kg 280 290 245
Hydraulic system
Power, kW 2.2
Duty factor, % S2,60 min
Min. carbon brush length, mm 8
Min. commutator thickness/ -
diameter, mm
Pressure at rated load, bar
Overflow pressure, bar See section “24.4 Overflow pressure for mast”.
Pump flow, litres/minute
Tank volume, litres 4.5
Hydraulic oil See section “23.2 Lubricants specification”.
Fuses
Drive motor circuit, A 125
Pump motor circuit, A 125
Control circuit, A 7.5

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 2 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Model S210 S212 S214


Battery compartment, Batteries
Capacity, Ah 150 225
Weight, kg min/max 189/280 189/280 189/280
Truck travel speeds
Unloaded, km/h 6.0
Unloaded, m/s 1.7
With rated load, km/h 6.0
With rated load, m/s 1.7
Lifting/lowering speed
Lifting without load, m/s 0.28 0.28 0.25
Lift with rated load, m/s 0.14 0.12 0.11
Lowering without load, m/s 0.38 0.38 0.38
Lowering with rated load, m/s 0.38 0.38 0.37
Gradient capability
With rated load, % 8 8 8
Dimensions
Short 1831 - -
Medium 1888 1906 1901
Long 1938 1956 1951
Lift height 3300 4500 4755
Weight
Truck without battery, Medium 650 715 715

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 3 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

24.2 S212L, S214L, S220D

Model S212L S214L S220D


Drive motor
Type Iskra AML7109
Power, kW 1.5
Duty cycle S2-60 min
Weight, kg 10.5
Brake
Type Warner PK10
Braking force, Nm 15
Power, W 51/13
Resistance, coil, Ω 10.5-12.0
Nominal gap in actuated position, 0.2-0.55
mm
Minimum thickness of brake disc, 7.9
mm
Thickness of new brake disc, mm 8.2
Transmission/gear mechanism
Type Kordel Genius 5.72.02.1
Gear ratio 30.204
Oil volume, litres 0.8
Oil See section “23.2 Lubricants specification”.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 4 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Model S212L S214L S220D


Wheels
Drive wheel, mm 230
Wheel pressure (kg/mm²) 0.24 0.24 0.27
Axle pressure without load, kg 450 450 570
Axle pressure at rated load, kg 450 450 570
Wheel bolts tightening torque, Nm 81±19
Support arm wheels, mm 125
Axle pressure without load, kg 265 265 215
Axle pressure at rated load kg 1345 1525 1155
Castor wheel, mm 85
Axle pressure without load, kg 220 220 100
Axle pressure at rated load, kg 340 360 360
Hydraulic system
Power, kW 2.2
Duty factor, % S2,60 min
Min. carbon brush length, mm -
Min. commutator thickness/ -
diameter, mm
Pressure at rated load, bar
Overflow pressure, bar See section “24.4 Overflow pressure for mast”.
Pump flow, litres/minute
Tank volume, litres 4.5
Hydraulic oil See section “23.2 Lubricants specification”.
Fuses
Drive motor circuit, A 125
Pump motor circuit, A 125
Control circuit, A 7.5

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 5 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Model S212L S214L S220D


Battery compartment, Batteries
Capacity, Ah 225
Weight, kg min/max 189/280
Truck travel speeds
Unloaded, km/h 6.0
Unloaded, m/s 1.7
With rated load, km/h 6.0
With rated load, m/s 1.7
Lifting/lowering speed
Lifting without load, m/s 0.25
Lift with rated load, m/s 0.12 0.11 0.12
Lowering without load, m/s 0.28
Lowering with rated load, m/s 0.39 0.38 0.39
Gradient capability
With rated load, % 9 8 9
Dimensions
Short -
Medium 1910
Long 1960
Lift height 3300 3255 2100
Weight
Truck without battery, Medium 715 715 665

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 6 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

24.3 S212S

Model S212S
Drive motor
Type Iskra AML7108
Power, kW 1.0
Duty cycle S2-60 min
Weight, kg 9
Brake
Type Warner PK10
Braking force, Nm 15
Power, W 51/13
Resistance, coil, Ω 10.5-12.0
Nominal gap in actuated position, 0.2-0.55
mm
Minimum thickness of brake disc, 7.9
mm
Thickness of new brake disc, mm 8.2
Transmission/gear mechanism
Type Kordel Genius 5.72.02.1
Gear ratio 30.204
Oil volume, litres 0.8
Oil See section “23.2 Lubricants specification”.

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 7 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Model S212S
Wheels
Drive wheel, mm 230
Wheel pressure (kg/mm²) 0.32
Axle pressure without load, kg 675
Axle pressure at rated load, kg 635
Wheel bolts tightening torque, Nm 81±19
Support arm wheels, mm 100
Axle pressure without load, kg 340
Axle pressure at rated load kg 1580
Castor wheel, mm -
Axle pressure without load, kg -
Axle pressure at rated load, kg -
Hydraulic system
Power, kW 2.2
Duty factor, % S2,60 min
Min. carbon brush length, mm -
Min. commutator thickness/ -
diameter, mm
Pressure at rated load, bar
Overflow pressure, bar See section “24.4 Overflow pressure for mast”.
Pump flow, litres/minute
Tank volume, litres 4.5
Hydraulic oil See section “23.2 Lubricants specification”.
Fuses
Drive motor circuit, A 125
Pump motor circuit, A 125
Control circuit, A 7.5

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 8 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

Model S212S
Battery compartment, Batteries
Capacity, Ah 225
Weight, kg 214
Truck travel speeds
Unloaded, km/h 6.0
Unloaded, m/s 1.7
With rated load, km/h 6.0
With rated load, m/s 1.7
Lifting/lowering speed
Lifting without load, m/s 0.21
Lift with rated load, m/s 0.11
Lowering without load, m/s 0.24
Lowering with rated load, m/s 0.33
Gradient capability
With rated load, % 8
Dimensions
Short -
Medium 1946
Long 1996
Lift height 4755
Weight
Truck without battery, Medium 795

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 9 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

24.4 Overflow pressure for mast

Mast (rated load) Pressure at Pump flow at Recommended


rated load rated load overflow pressure
(on main lift (from graph
for HiLo- for hydraulic
mast) unit)
Simplex (1000kg) 140 bar 7.1 165 bar

Simplex (1200kg) 165 bar 6.5 190 bar

Tele (1000kg) 145 bar 7.0 170 bar

Tele (1200kg) 170 bar 6.4 195 bar

Tele ClearView (1000kg) 150 bar 6.8 175 bar

Tele ClearView (1200kg) 175 bar 6.3 200 bar

Tele ClearView (1400kg) 200 bar 5.9 225 bar

Duplex HiLo (1200kg) 150 bar 6.8 170 bar

Duplex HiLo (1400kg) 170 bar 6.4 190 bar

Triplex HiLo (1200kg) 185 bar 6.2 210 bar

Triplex HiLo (1400kg) 210 bar 5.8 235 bar

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 10 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
Repair manual: Technical data Model(s): S210, S212, S212S, S212L, S214, S214L, S220D
Publication Number: 7588857-040 Date: 2018-05-01 Applies from serial number: 6384351-

© Cesab https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
24 – 11 T Code(s): 841, 842, 843
https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
https://www.forkliftpdfmanuals.com/
Cesab Carelli Elevatori Spa Bologna, Italy

You might also like